{"title":"Torta a strati","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"max-width: 980px; margin: 0 auto; font-family: 'Helvetica Neue', Arial, sans-serif; color: #2d2d2d; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- H1 caché pour SEO (lu par Google, invisible pour le visiteur car déjà présent sur la photo de bannière) --\u003e\n  \u003ch1 style=\"position: absolute; width: 1px; height: 1px; padding: 0; margin: -1px; overflow: hidden; clip: rect(0,0,0,0); white-space: nowrap; border: 0;\"\u003eAttrezzatura per layer cake: stampi, kit e accessori da pasticceria\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n  \u003cp style=\"font-size: 1.05em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 1.5em;\"\u003e\n    Il \u003cstrong\u003elayer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e è diventato il segno distintivo dei pasticceri contemporanei: una torta alta composta da più strati di pan di spagna alternati con una crema, ricoperta e lisciata per offrire finiture di assoluta precisione. Il suo successo dipende interamente dalla giusta \u003cstrong\u003eattrezzatura layer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003estampi per layer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e alti per pan di spagna di altezza uniforme, kit dedicati per il montaggio, supporti rigidi, spatole angolate, lisciatori e accessori di precisione. La nostra collezione riunisce la selezione più completa per pasticceri professionisti e cake designer: \u003cstrong\u003estampo per layer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e rotondo o rettangolare, kit completi pronti all'uso, stampi per pan di spagna estensibili, dowels e strutture per torte a più piani. Tutto il necessario per realizzare un layer cake di compleanno, una wedding cake a piani o una creazione esclusiva da boutique.\n  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== ENCART DORE - PROMESSE ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"background: linear-gradient(135deg, #faf6ed 0%, #f5ecd5 100%); border-left: 4px solid #b8973f; padding: 1.5em 2em; margin: 2em 0; border-radius: 4px;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 1.05em;\"\u003e\n      \u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f; letter-spacing: 0.5px; text-transform: uppercase; font-size: 0.9em;\"\u003eL'impegno Patissland\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n      L'\u003cstrong\u003eattrezzatura layer cake professionale\u003c\/strong\u003e che equipaggia pasticcerie, laboratori e cake designer in Francia. Stampi calibrati per altezze regolari, accessori testati per finiture lisce distintive, e kit completi per iniziare o produrre in serie.\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== ACCORDÉON 1 : LE MATÉRIEL ESSENTIEL ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e L'attrezzatura essenziale per realizzare un layer cake\n    \u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Un layer cake di successo inizia con il giusto \u003cstrong\u003estampo per layer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e. I modelli rotondi alti (8-12 cm di altezza) permettono di cuocere il pan di spagna in un'unica volta, poi di tagliarlo in strati regolari. Gli \u003cstrong\u003estampi estensibili\u003c\/strong\u003e in acciaio inox si adattano a tutti i diametri da 18 a 32 cm, ideali per i pasticceri che producono layer cake su misura. Il \u003cstrong\u003ekit layer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e completo riunisce in un unico set: stampo, dischi di cartone (cake cards), spatola angolata, lisciatore, raschietto e sac à poche. Per torte molto alte o a piani (wedding cakes), i \u003cstrong\u003edowels\u003c\/strong\u003e (aste di sostegno) sono indispensabili per evitare cedimenti. I \u003cstrong\u003ecake drums\u003c\/strong\u003e servono come base rigida per sostenere il peso della torta finita. Per la finitura liscia caratteristica del layer cake moderno, affidatevi anche alle \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/spatules\" style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003espatole da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e e ai lisciatori per crema dedicati.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== ACCORDÉON 2 : LA TECHNIQUE ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e La tecnica del layer cake passo dopo passo\n    \u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Passo 1: il \u003cstrong\u003epan di spagna alto\u003c\/strong\u003e. Preferite una ricetta tipo Molly Cake o Vanilla Cake americano che regge meglio in altezza rispetto a un pan di spagna francese classico. Cuocete in uno stampo rotondo alto, raffreddate completamente, idealmente lasciate riposare una notte in frigorifero. Passo 2: il \u003cstrong\u003etaglio\u003c\/strong\u003e. Con una lira o un grande coltello seghettato, tagliate 3 o 4 dischi di spessore identico (1,5-2 cm). Passo 3: il \u003cstrong\u003emontaggio\u003c\/strong\u003e. Su un cake card o un piatto girevole, adagiate uno strato di crema (Swiss meringue buttercream, ganache montata o crema al burro) tra ogni disco. Calcolate 1 cm di spessore di crema tra gli strati. Passo 4: il \u003cstrong\u003ecrumb coat\u003c\/strong\u003e. Prima sottile stesura di crema su tutto il giro per intrappolare le briciole. Frigo 30 minuti. Passo 5: lo \u003cstrong\u003estrato finale\u003c\/strong\u003e e la lisciatura con spatola per ottenere quell'effetto netto distintivo. Passo 6: la \u003cstrong\u003edecorazione\u003c\/strong\u003e a scelta con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebeccucci da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e, fiori in pasta di zucchero, gocce di cioccolato o toppers personalizzati.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== ACCORDÉON 3 : USAGES PRO ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Layer cake, wedding cake, number cake: quale attrezzatura per quale progetto?\n    \u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Il \u003cstrong\u003elayer cake\u003c\/strong\u003e classico di compleanno (rotondo, 1 piano, 18-22 cm) richiede uno stampo rotondo alto + 2-3 cake cards + spatole. Per un \u003cstrong\u003eordine da boutique\u003c\/strong\u003e in serie, privilegiate gli stampi estensibili in acciaio inox che si adattano a tutti i diametri richiesti senza moltiplicare le referenze in magazzino. Per una \u003cstrong\u003ewedding cake\u003c\/strong\u003e a più piani, avrete bisogno di diversi stampi di diametri decrescenti (28 cm, 22 cm, 18 cm), di dowels solidi per sostenere i piani superiori, di un cake drum rigido come base e di aste centrali per stabilizzare l'insieme. Per un \u003cstrong\u003enumber cake\u003c\/strong\u003e o \u003cstrong\u003eletter cake\u003c\/strong\u003e, troverete nella collezione \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/moules-en-inox\" style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003estampi in acciaio inox\u003c\/a\u003e gli stampi a forma di numeri e lettere da 25 a 40 cm. Per torte con decorazioni in pasta di zucchero, completate con l'attrezzatura \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/cake-design\" style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ecake design\u003c\/a\u003e (tagliapasta, embossers, stencil). Per la consegna, prevedete anche delle \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/boites-a-gateaux\" style=\"color: #b8973f; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003escatole per torte\u003c\/a\u003e alte adatte ai layer cake.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== ACCORDÉON 4 : FAQ ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdetails style=\"border: 1px solid #e8d9b0; border-radius: 6px; margin-bottom: 0.8em; padding: 0; background: #fdfaf2;\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary style=\"padding: 1.1em 1.4em; cursor: pointer; font-weight: 600; font-size: 1.1em; color: #2d2d2d; list-style: none; position: relative;\"\u003e\n      \u003cspan style=\"color: #b8973f; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e◆\u003c\/span\u003e Domande frequenti\n    \u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"padding: 0.5em 1.4em 1.5em 1.4em;\"\u003e\n      \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eQuale dimensione di stampo per layer cake scegliere in base al numero di porzioni?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n      Per 6-8 persone, calcolate uno stampo rotondo da 18 cm di diametro, altezza 8-10 cm. Per 10-15 persone, optate per 22 cm. Per 20-30 persone, prevedete 26-28 cm. Oltre, scegliete un layer cake a piani (wedding cake) con più stampi sovrapposti. Consiglio: un layer cake da 22 cm con 4 strati di pan di spagna dà circa 12 porzioni standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eQuale altezza di stampo per un layer cake americano?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n      Calcolate almeno 8 cm di altezza dello stampo, idealmente 10-12 cm per risultati contemporanei tipo Maison Lenôtre o pasticcerie di lusso. Questa altezza permette di cuocere un pan di spagna spesso in un'unica volta e poi tagliarlo in 3 o 4 dischi. Gli stampi troppo bassi (5-6 cm) obbligano a cuocere due volte e creano differenze di umidità tra gli strati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 1em;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eQuanto tempo si conserva un layer cake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n      In frigorifero, un layer cake ben avvolto si conserva 3-4 giorni senza perdita di qualità. Tiratelo fuori 1 ora prima di servire per far riprendere la consistenza. Per una vendita in boutique, si consiglia un massimo di 48 ore. In freezer, un layer cake montato senza decorazioni in pasta di zucchero si conserva 2 mesi (la pasta di zucchero non ama lo scongelamento, la condensa la fa sciogliere).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 0;\"\u003e\u003cstrong style=\"color: #b8973f;\"\u003eServe un cake drum o un cake card per un layer cake?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n      Entrambi hanno ruoli diversi e complementari. Il \u003cstrong\u003ecake card\u003c\/strong\u003e (disco sottile in cartone alimentare) serve come base diretta sotto la torta per facilitare la manipolazione durante il montaggio e la glassatura. Il \u003cstrong\u003ecake drum\u003c\/strong\u003e (spesso, rigido, spesso rivestito di carta dorata o argentata) è il supporto di presentazione finale, capace di sostenere il peso di torte a più piani o layer cake pesanti. Per una wedding cake, userete entrambi: cake card sotto ogni piano + cake drum totale come base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- ============== SIGNATURE ============== --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; margin: 2.5em 0 1em 0; padding-top: 1.5em; border-top: 1px solid #e8d9b0;\"\u003e\n    \u003cp style=\"font-style: italic; color: #b8973f; font-size: 1em; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 0.5px;\"\u003e\n      ✦ Scoprite qui sotto la nostra selezione completa di attrezzatura layer cake ✦\n    \u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"douille-2d","title":"Beccuccio Fiori #2D","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eBeccuccio Wilton #2D - Fiore Drop\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eBeccuccio drop flower per rosette floreali e bordi decorativi a fiori\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Beccuccio Wilton #2D è un beccuccio da pasticceria in acciaio inox formato standard americano, firma del marchio Wilton, riferimento mondiale nel cake design dal 1929. Profilo drop flower per drop flower: rosette floreali e bordi decorativi a fiori, compatibile con tutte le sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale: il beccuccio mantiene la sua forma sotto pressione, non si deforma nel tempo e resta compatibile con la lavastoviglie per un uso intensivo in laboratorio di pasticceria o in cucina domestica esigente. Il riferimento #2D è documentato in tutti i manuali Wilton e riconosciuto da tutti i cake designer professionisti formati al sistema Wilton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiferimento Wilton:\u003c\/strong\u003e #2D\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo di beccuccio:\u003c\/strong\u003e drop flower\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFamiglia:\u003c\/strong\u003e fiore drop flower\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavabile a mano e in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake drop flower:\u003c\/strong\u003e rosetta compatta a forma di fiore, in un unico movimento verticale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBordi floreali:\u003c\/strong\u003e volant a motivo floreale sul bordo di torte a strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design floreale:\u003c\/strong\u003e campi di fiori in crema al burro per torte nuziali a tema giardino.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte numeriche fiorite:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempimento con fiori allineati per numeri di eventi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCorone di fiori:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorazioni a corone floreali per torte nuziali primaverili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserite il beccuccio in una sac à poche vuota, con la punta rivolta verso l'esterno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e tagliate l'estremità della sac à poche all'altezza della base del beccuccio per un adattamento perfetto, né troppo largo né troppo stretto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempite la sac à poche per due terzi con il vostro composto (crema al burro, ganache montata, panna montata stabilizzata), eliminate l'aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenete la sac à poche verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premete con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquate immediatamente dopo l'uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per il beccuccio Wilton #2D\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eIl beccuccio drop flower crea un fiore in un unico movimento verticale. Appoggiate la punta sulla superficie, premete senza ruotare per un fiore strutturato, oppure ruotate leggermente la sac à poche di un ottavo di giro per petali a spirale. La regolarità dipende da una crema al burro ben stabilizzata con meringa svizzera.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eRiferimento: #2D\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eTipo: Drop Flower\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eManutenzione: compatibile con lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per decorazione e decorazione con sac à poche:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Esplora i nostri \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebeccucci da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e di tutte le forme e marche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Completa con le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esac à poche\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":18939929460836,"sku":"02-0-0149","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/douille-fleurs-2d-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772133674"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-haut-pme","title":"Stampo Rotondo Alto PME Cake - Altezza 10cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- HEADER --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eStampo PME Cake Rotondo Alto - Altezza 10 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eStampo per torta in alluminio per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- DESCRIPTION --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLo Stampo PME Cake Rotondo Alto altezza 10 cm è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per la cottura di basi alte in un solo passaggio, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e amatori avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eMateriale: alluminio alimentare, conduttore termico ideale per una cottura uniforme e uno sformamento netto. Compatibile con génoise, biscotto, sponge cake, dacquoise e tutte le paste classiche. Questa referenza è disponibile in 13 diametri per soddisfare tutte le esigenze di produzione nel cake design, dalla torta singola alla wedding cake a più piani.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- DIAMÈTRES DISPONIBLES --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e13 opzioni tra cui scegliere, seleziona la tua tramite il selettore sopra:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(4, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e20 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e22,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e25 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e27,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e30 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e33 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e35 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e38 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- CARACTÉRISTIQUES TECHNIQUES (matériau cohérent partout) --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e stampo per torta rotondo alto\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e alluminio alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAltezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 cm, ideale per layer cake in una sola cottura\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDiametri disponibili:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10, 12,5, 15, 17,5, 20, 22,5, 25, 27,5, 30, 33, 35, 38 e 40 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso:\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o amatore avanzato nel cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- APPLICATIONS --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCottura di layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e base alta in una sola cottura, da tagliare poi con la lira.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eGénoise e biscotti:\u003c\/strong\u003e basi regolari per pasticceria da negozio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cakes strutturati:\u003c\/strong\u003e basi solide per forme a numero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte nuziali a più piani:\u003c\/strong\u003e diversi diametri per torte a più strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento indispensabile per torte di compleanno e matrimonio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- ════════════════════════════════════════════════════════\n         CALCULATRICE D'ADAPTATION DE RECETTE INTÉGRÉE\n         ════════════════════════════════════════════════════════ --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdf5e0,#faf4e5);border:1px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:12px;padding:24px;margin-bottom:25px;position:relative;overflow:hidden\"\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:3px;background:linear-gradient(90deg,#d7b36a,#b98b35,#9a7220)\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003ch3 style=\"color:#2b2b2b;font-size:18px;margin:0 0 6px;font-weight:600\"\u003eAdatta la tua ricetta a questo stampo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp style=\"color:#8a7a55;font-size:13px;font-style:italic;margin:0 0 20px\"\u003eCalcolatrice istantanea: inserisci i dati della tua ricetta originale e il diametro di questo stampo PME, le quantità si adattano in tempo reale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv id=\"pme-calc\"\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- Moule source recette --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"color:#9a7220;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:2px;text-transform:uppercase;margin-bottom:14px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eStampo della tua ricetta originale\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n              \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/label\u003e\n              \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme-src-d\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n              \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eAltezza impasto\u003c\/label\u003e\n              \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme-src-h\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n              \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eCottura\u003c\/label\u003e\n              \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme-src-t\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003emin\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- Moule cible PME --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"color:#b98b35;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:2px;text-transform:uppercase;margin-bottom:14px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eIl tuo stampo PME\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n              \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eDiametro PME\u003c\/label\u003e\n              \u003cselect id=\"pme-tgt-d\" style=\"width:100%;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;outline:none\"\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"10\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"12.5\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"15\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"17.5\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"20\" selected\u003e20 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"22.5\"\u003e22,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"25\"\u003e25 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"27.5\"\u003e27,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"30\"\u003e30 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"33\"\u003e33 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"35\"\u003e35 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"38\"\u003e38 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n                \u003coption value=\"40\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003c\/select\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n              \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eAltezza impasto desiderata\u003c\/label\u003e\n              \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme-tgt-h\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cp style=\"margin:10px 0 0;font-size:11px;color:#8a7a55;font-style:italic\"\u003eQuesto stampo ha un'altezza totale di 10 cm. Prevedi 4-6 cm di impasto (l'impasto lievita).\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- Résultats --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr 1fr;gap:12px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003eRapporto\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv id=\"pme-res-ratio\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003emoltiplicatore\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003eCottura\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv id=\"pme-res-cuisson\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003eminuti stimati\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003ePorzioni\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv id=\"pme-res-parts\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003estima\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003c!-- Exemples ingrédients adaptés --\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:12px;padding-bottom:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eEsempi di adattamento per 100 g di ingrediente originale\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di farina\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-farine\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di zucchero\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-sucre\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di burro\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-beurre\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 ml di latte\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-lait\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e3 uova\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-oeufs\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n              \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e10 g di lievito\u003c\/span\u003e\n              \u003cspan id=\"pme-ex-levure\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cp style=\"margin:14px 0 0;font-size:11px;color:#8a7a55;font-style:italic;text-align:center\"\u003ePer adattare una lista completa di ingredienti personalizzata, usa la nostra \u003ca href=\"\/it\/pages\/calculette\" style=\"color:#9a7220;font-weight:600;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ecalcolatrice completa\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cscript\u003e\n      (function(){\n        var c=document.getElementById('pme-calc');if(!c)return;\n        var sD=c.querySelector('#pme-src-d'),sH=c.querySelector('#pme-src-h'),sT=c.querySelector('#pme-src-t');\n        var tD=c.querySelector('#pme-tgt-d'),tH=c.querySelector('#pme-tgt-h');\n        var rR=c.querySelector('#pme-res-ratio'),rC=c.querySelector('#pme-res-cuisson'),rP=c.querySelector('#pme-res-parts');\n        var exF=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-farine'),exS=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-sucre'),exB=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-beurre');\n        var exL=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-lait'),exO=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-oeufs'),exV=c.querySelector('#pme-ex-levure');\n        function vol(d,h){var r=parseFloat(d),hh=parseFloat(h);if(isNaN(r)||isNaN(hh)||r\u003c=0||hh\u003c=0)return 0;return Math.PI*Math.pow(r\/2,2)*hh;}\n        function calc(){\n          var vs=vol(sD.value,sH.value),vt=vol(tD.value,tH.value);\n          if(vs\u003e0\u0026\u0026vt\u003e0){\n            var ratio=vt\/vs;\n            rR.textContent='× '+ratio.toFixed(2);\n            var ts=parseFloat(sT.value);\n            if(!isNaN(ts)\u0026\u0026ts\u003e0){rC.textContent=Math.round(ts*Math.pow(ratio,1\/3))+' min';}else{rC.textContent='-';}\n            rP.textContent=Math.round(vt\/75);\n            var f=function(v,u){if(v\u003e=100)return Math.round(v)+' '+u;if(v\u003e=10)return (Math.round(v*10)\/10)+' '+u;return (Math.round(v*100)\/100)+' '+u;};\n            exF.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');exS.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');exB.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');\n            exL.textContent=f(100*ratio,'ml');exV.textContent=f(10*ratio,'g');\n            var oeufs=3*ratio;exO.textContent=(Math.round(oeufs*10)\/10)+' œuf(s)';\n          }else{\n            rR.textContent='-';rC.textContent='-';rP.textContent='-';\n            exF.textContent='-';exS.textContent='-';exB.textContent='-';exL.textContent='-';exO.textContent='-';exV.textContent='-';\n          }\n        }\n        [sD,sH,sT,tD,tH].forEach(function(el){if(el){el.addEventListener('input',calc);el.addEventListener('change',calc);}});\n      })();\n      \u003c\/script\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- ASTUCE PATISSLAND --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per stampo rotondo alto 10 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer uno sformato pulito, imburra e infarina lo stampo prima di versare l'impasto (o usa carta da forno sul fondo + rivestimento delle pareti). Lo stampo PME in alluminio è adatto al forno tradizionale e ventilato. Evita la lavastoviglie aggressiva per preservare la brillantezza dell'alluminio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- INFOS PRODUIT --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Stampo per torta rotondo alto\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: alluminio alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eAltezza: 10 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- POUR ALLER PLUS LOIN --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer tagliare orizzontalmente le tue layer cake, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-46-cm-patisse\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna lira per torte\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePresenta la tua creazione su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun cake drum rotondo\u003c\/a\u003e adatto al diametro scelto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eScopri l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"10cm","offer_id":39551031771178,"sku":"RND044","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"12.5cm","offer_id":39551031803946,"sku":"RND054","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm","offer_id":39551031836714,"sku":"RND064","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"17.5cm","offer_id":39551031869482,"sku":"RND074","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":39551031902250,"sku":"RND084","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"22.5cm","offer_id":39551031935018,"sku":"RND094","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25cm","offer_id":39551031967786,"sku":"RND104","price":18.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"27.5cm","offer_id":39551032000554,"sku":"RND114","price":21.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30cm","offer_id":39551032033322,"sku":"RND124","price":24.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"33cm","offer_id":39678544216106,"sku":"RND134","price":26.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35cm","offer_id":39551032066090,"sku":"RND144","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38cm","offer_id":39678544674858,"sku":"RND154","price":34.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"40cm","offer_id":48068117201235,"sku":"RND164","price":38.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-pme-rond-haut-hauteur-10cm-choisir-le-diametre-pme-1.jpg?v=1772133704"},{"product_id":"funcakes-mix-pour-genoise-deluxe-1kg","title":"Miscela per Génoise Deluxe","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n  .patissland-accordions {\n    max-width: 100%;\n    margin: 32px 0;\n    font-family: inherit;\n    color: #2b2b2b;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion {\n    border: 1px solid #eadfcb;\n    border-radius: 14px;\n    margin-bottom: 12px;\n    background: #fff;\n    overflow: hidden;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary {\n    cursor: pointer;\n    list-style: none;\n    padding: 18px 22px;\n    font-weight: 700;\n    font-size: 16px;\n    color: #2b2b2b;\n    display: flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    justify-content: space-between;\n    gap: 16px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker {\n    display: none;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion summary::after {\n    content: \"+\";\n    width: 28px;\n    height: 28px;\n    min-width: 28px;\n    border-radius: 50%;\n    background: #d7b36a;\n    color: #fff;\n    display: inline-flex;\n    align-items: center;\n    justify-content: center;\n    font-size: 20px;\n    line-height: 1;\n    font-weight: 500;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion[open] summary::after {\n    content: \"−\";\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content {\n    padding: 0 22px 22px;\n    font-size: 15px;\n    line-height: 1.75;\n    color: #444;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content p {\n    margin: 0 0 14px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content ul {\n    margin: 8px 0 0;\n    padding-left: 20px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content li {\n    margin-bottom: 8px;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content a {\n    color: #b98b35;\n    text-decoration: underline;\n    font-weight: 600;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-accordion-content a:hover {\n    color: #8a6624;\n  }\n\n  .patissland-highlight {\n    color: #b98b35;\n    font-weight: 700;\n  }\n\n  @media (max-width: 768px) {\n    .patissland-accordion summary {\n      padding: 16px 18px;\n      font-size: 15px;\n    }\n\n    .patissland-accordion-content {\n      padding: 0 18px 20px;\n      font-size: 14px;\n    }\n  }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordions\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eMix per Génoise Deluxe FunCakes, preparazione professionale per génoise soffice e soda\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Riesci sempre con le basi per torte grazie al \u003cstrong\u003eMix per Génoise Deluxe\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n        Questa preparazione professionale è stata concepita per offrire un'alternativa affidabile e veloce\n        alla ricetta tradizionale, garantendo allo stesso tempo una consistenza \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003eincredibilmente leggera, soffice e soda\u003c\/span\u003e.\n        È la base ideale per i tuoi \u003cstrong\u003eLayer Cake, torte di compleanno e composizioni\u003c\/strong\u003e\n        che richiede una struttura stabile per la decorazione in pasta di zucchero o crema al burro.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Il Mix Deluxe è l'alleato dei pasticceri che vogliono garantire un risultato costante in\n        ricezione, in negozio o nel cake design. Per chi preferisce la versione tradizionale\n        montata a mano, trova la nostra\n        \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-genoise-classique\"\u003ericetta della génoise classica Patissland\u003c\/a\u003e\n        dettagliata passo dopo passo nel blog.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003ePerché scegliere il Mix Génoise Deluxe\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisultato costante,\u003c\/strong\u003e addio génoise che si afflosciano. Questo mix garantisce uno sviluppo omogeneo e una mollica ariosa ad ogni cottura, indispensabile in produzione professionale dove ogni errore costa tempo e materia prima\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRisparmio di tempo prezioso,\u003c\/strong\u003e non serve montare gli albumi a neve o setacciare a lungo la farina. Basta aggiungere uova e un po' d'acqua per ottenere un impasto pronto da infornare in meno di 10 minuti\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStruttura ideale per il cake design,\u003c\/strong\u003e la sua consistenza soda permette un taglio netto in più dischi senza sbriciolarsi, facilitando così la farcitura e la lisciatura con crema al burro o ganache\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSapore neutro e personalizzabile,\u003c\/strong\u003e un gusto delicato che lascia spazio alla tua creatività. Puoi aromatizzarlo con scorze di agrumi, estratti di vaniglia o aromi concentrati FunCakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegolarità riproducibile,\u003c\/strong\u003e ogni bustina dà lo stesso risultato, a differenza della ricetta casalinga che dipende dalla freschezza delle uova, dalla qualità della farina e dalla precisione della setacciatura\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eMix pronto all'uso vs ricetta tradizionale, la scelta giusta\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Capire quando usare un mix pronto all'uso e quando preferire la ricetta tradizionale\n        è essenziale per ottimizzare la tua produzione:\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMix Deluxe FunCakes (questa scheda),\u003c\/strong\u003e ideale per produzione in serie, layer cake ripetitivi, wedding cake ordinati in anticipo, laboratori di cake design con principianti, situazioni in cui la regolarità è fondamentale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRicetta tradizionale casalinga,\u003c\/strong\u003e ideale per pasticceria artigianale di firma, creazioni gastronomiche, ricerca di sapore autentico, controllo totale degli ingredienti (uova di galline allevate a terra, farina biologica, ecc.). Segui la nostra \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-genoise-classique\"\u003ericetta della classica génoise tradizionale\u003c\/a\u003e per questo approccio\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Molti professionisti possiedono entrambe le opzioni, il mix per ordini voluminosi rapidi\n        e la ricetta tradizionale per le creazioni signature vendute più in alto. Entrambi\n        gli approcci sono complementari, non opposti.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche e allergeni\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e FunCakes (riferimento cake design olandese)\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModello :\u003c\/strong\u003e Mix per Génoise Deluxe\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTipo :\u003c\/strong\u003e preparato in polvere pronto all'uso\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTexture target :\u003c\/strong\u003e leggera, soffice, soda\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGusto :\u003c\/strong\u003e neutro, personalizzabile\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQualità :\u003c\/strong\u003e formula certificata Halal\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eComposizione :\u003c\/strong\u003e zucchero, farina di GRANO, amido di GRANO, emulsionanti (E472b,\n        E477), agenti lievitanti (E500, E341, E450, E336, E575), sciroppo di glucosio disidratato, latte\n        latte scremato in polvere, sale, aroma, addensante (E415).\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eAllergeni :\u003c\/strong\u003e contiene grano (glutine) e latte. Può contenere tracce\n        di uovo, soia e lupino. Da segnalare ai clienti con allergie gravi prima della produzione.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eConsigli di preparazione per un risultato ottimale\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003col\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLa miscelazione,\u003c\/strong\u003e preriscaldate il forno a 170-175°C (varia secondo la tabella di dosaggio indicata sulla confezione). Mescolate il mix con uova e acqua (consultate la tabella di dosaggio sulla confezione in base alla dimensione dello stampo)\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLa montatura,\u003c\/strong\u003e montate a \u003cstrong\u003evelocità massima per 7-8 minuti\u003c\/strong\u003e, poi a velocità lenta per 2 minuti per stabilizzare le bolle d'aria. Questa fase è cruciale, non accorciatela, è quella che conferisce la texture ariosa\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLa cottura,\u003c\/strong\u003e infornate immediatamente dopo la montatura per non perdere le bolle d'aria incorporate. Per una génoise ancora più soffice, \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003eevitate di aprire la porta del forno durante i primi 20 minuti\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eL'imbibizione,\u003c\/strong\u003e una volta raffreddata, imbevete la vostra génoise con uno sciroppo di zucchero semplice per una degustazione ancora più morbida. Potete aromatizzare lo sciroppo con scorze, vaniglia, caffè forte o un aroma FunCakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ol\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Per i \u003cstrong\u003elayer cake a 4 piani\u003c\/strong\u003e, raddoppiate le dosi o usate più\n        stampi in parallelo per produrre tutti gli strati contemporaneamente e garantire una\n        perfetta omogeneità dei dischi.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eIdee d'uso e varianti aromatiche\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Le goût neutre du Mix Deluxe en fait une base parfaite pour \u003cstrong\u003etoutes vos déclinaisons\n        aromatici\u003c\/strong\u003e :\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGénoise vaniglia classica,\u003c\/strong\u003e aggiungete 1 cucchiaino di estratto di vaniglia naturale nella preparazione, base universale per compleanni e wedding cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGénoise al limone,\u003c\/strong\u003e aggiungete la scorza grattugiata di 2 limoni gialli nella preparazione, ideale per layer cake limone-frutti rossi e crostate al limone meringate moderne\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGénoise cacao,\u003c\/strong\u003e sostituite 30 g del mix con 30 g di cacao amaro in polvere, base per layer cake al cioccolato e foreste nere\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenoise caffè,\u003c\/strong\u003e sciogli 2 cucchiaini di estratto di caffè forte nell'acqua della ricetta, ideale per layer cakes mocha e tiramisù montato\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenoise rum-arancia,\u003c\/strong\u003e aggiungi le scorze di 2 arance + 2 cucchiai di rum nello sciroppo di inzuppo, base per tronchetti di Natale rivisitati\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenoise pistacchio,\u003c\/strong\u003e incorpora 30 g di pasta di pistacchio nella preparazione, base per layer cakes pistacchio-lampone di tendenza\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenoise per Foresta Nera,\u003c\/strong\u003e base perfetta per la \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-foret-noire\"\u003ericetta della Foresta Nera Patissland\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenoise per Fraisier,\u003c\/strong\u003e struttura ideale per la \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-du-frasi-1\"\u003ericetta del Fraisier Patissland\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCompatibilità layer cakes e struttura per pasta di zucchero\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Il Mix Deluxe è \u003cstrong\u003especificamente formulato\u003c\/strong\u003e per rispondere alle esigenze del cake\n        design moderno:\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTexture soda che regge il peso delle decorazioni,\u003c\/strong\u003e può supportare uno strato spesso di pasta di zucchero Renshaw, fiori in pasta di zucchero, figurine, senza crollare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaglio netto in più dischi,\u003c\/strong\u003e struttura che permette di tagliare la torta in 3 o 4 dischi uguali per un layer cake a 4-5 piani perfettamente regolare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNessuna eccessiva sbriciolatura\u003c\/strong\u003e al taglio, a differenza delle genoise classiche che possono sbriciolarsi nella crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAderenza perfetta alla ganache\u003c\/strong\u003e e alla crema al burro per il crumbcoating e la lisciatura finale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResistenza al trasporto\u003c\/strong\u003e in una scatola per torte, la torta non si schiaccia sotto il proprio peso\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Per la cottura, scegli il nostro \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/moule-genoise\"\u003estampo per genoise rotondo Patissland\u003c\/a\u003e\n        o lo \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/moule-a-genoise-40-x-30-cm\"\u003estampo per genoise rettangolare 40 × 30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\n        in base al formato del tuo progetto (rotondo per layer cake classico, rettangolare per sheet cake e number cake).\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eUsi professionali consigliati\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake designer in negozio\u003c\/strong\u003e che producono in serie layer cakes ordinati in anticipo per compleanni ed eventi\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePasticceri per eventi\u003c\/strong\u003e incaricati di wedding cakes a più piani dove la stabilità strutturale è fondamentale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCatering e hotel di alta gamma\u003c\/strong\u003e che devono garantire un risultato costante per buffet e banchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScuole di pasticceria e laboratori di cake design\u003c\/strong\u003e dove gli studenti hanno bisogno di una base affidabile per concentrarsi sulle decorazioni\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePasticcerie artigianali\u003c\/strong\u003e che propongono sheet cakes (torte rettangolari generose) per buffet familiari\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRistoranti gastronomici\u003c\/strong\u003e che utilizzano la genoise come base per entremets contemporanei (number cakes rivisitati, layer cakes signature)\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCuochi amatoriali avanzati\u003c\/strong\u003e che vogliono garantire un successo perfetto per un matrimonio o un compleanno importante\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eConsigli per una genoise ancora più riuscita\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUova a temperatura ambiente,\u003c\/strong\u003e tirale fuori 30 minuti prima dell'uso per una montatura ottimale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCiotola e frusta ben pulite,\u003c\/strong\u003e non deve esserci traccia di grasso che impedirebbe di montare le uova\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetacciatura leggera del mix\u003c\/strong\u003e prima di incorporarlo per evitare grumi, anche se il mix è già finemente macinato\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon battere lo stampo\u003c\/strong\u003e sul piano di lavoro per eliminare le bolle, rischieresti di far cadere l'aria incorporata\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCottura sulla griglia centrale\u003c\/strong\u003e per una cottura uniforme, evita la posizione bassa che cuoce troppo il fondo\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTest dello stecchino\u003c\/strong\u003e al centro, deve uscire asciutto e pulito quando la cottura è terminata\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSformatura tiepida\u003c\/strong\u003e su griglia, non immediata, per evitare di rompere la mollica ancora fragile e ariosa\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaffreddamento completo minimo 2-3 ore\u003c\/strong\u003e prima del taglio a dischi per evitare che si sbricioli\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaglio con lyre per genoise\u003c\/strong\u003e per dischi perfettamente uguali e lisci\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eProdotti complementari Patissland\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStampi per genoise rotondi e rettangolari\u003c\/strong\u003e di vari formati, trova lo \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/moule-genoise\"\u003estampo rotondo classico per genoise\u003c\/a\u003e e lo \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/products\/moule-a-genoise-40-x-30-cm\"\u003estampo rettangolare per genoise 40 × 30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLyre per genoise\u003c\/strong\u003e per tagli netti in più dischi perfettamente uguali\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVassoio girevole per cake design\u003c\/strong\u003e indispensabile per lisciare con la crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpatole angolate di varie dimensioni\u003c\/strong\u003e per il crumbcoating e la lisciatura finale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrema al burro e ganache pronte all'uso\u003c\/strong\u003e FunCakes in formati professionali per risparmiare tempo\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePasta di zucchero Renshaw Extra bianca\u003c\/strong\u003e in formati da 1 kg o 10 kg per copertura\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase cake drums PME bianche\u003c\/strong\u003e di diversi diametri per una solida base del layer cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase per torte sottili\u003c\/strong\u003e per separare gli strati nelle wedding cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScatole per torte formato grande\u003c\/strong\u003e rettangolari e quadrate per trasporto sicuro\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColoranti liposolubili Colour Mill\u003c\/strong\u003e per colorare la crema al burro e la pasta di zucchero\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAromi concentrati FunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e per aromatizzare l'impasto della genoise (vaniglia, limone, lampone, pistacchio, ecc.)\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRicette ispiratrici,\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-genoise-classique\"\u003egenoise classica tradizionale\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-foret-noire\"\u003eForesta Nera\u003c\/a\u003e e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-du-frasi-1\"\u003eFraisier\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eQuanti pan di Spagna si possono fare con un sacchetto?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Dipende dalla dimensione dello stampo e dal dosaggio indicato sulla confezione. Per un layer\n        per una torta standard da 20 cm di diametro 3 dischi, considerate 1 uso medio del pacchetto.\n        Riferitevi alla tabella di dosaggio precisa sulla confezione del sacchetto.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eÈ davvero necessario montare per 7-8 minuti?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Sì, è cruciale. La struttura ariosa del pan di Spagna dipende interamente dalla quantità\n        aria incorporata durante la lavorazione. Mescolare poco dà un pan di Spagna denso e piatto,\n        mescolare troppo a lungo dà un pan di Spagna secco dopo la cottura. La finestra di 7-8 minuti a velocità massima\n        + 2 minuti a velocità lenta è calibrato precisamente da FunCakes.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003ePosso preparare l'impasto in anticipo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        No, l'impasto deve essere infornato immediatamente dopo la lavorazione. Se aspettate, le bolle\n        le bolle d'aria si afflosciano e il pan di Spagna sarà piatto. Preparatelo subito prima della cottura, non conservatelo\n        non in frigo.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eIl mix è adatto a diete speciali?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Le mix est \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003ecertifié Halal\u003c\/span\u003e. Il \u003cstrong\u003econtient\n        di grano (glutine) e latte\u003c\/strong\u003e, quindi inadatto a diete senza glutine e senza lattosio.\n        Può contenere tracce di uovo, soia e lupino per allergie gravi.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eQuanto tempo si conserva il pan di Spagna dopo la cottura?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        A temperatura ambiente, filmato, massimo 2 giorni. In frigo, filmato, 3-4 giorni. In congelatore\n        filmati ermeticamente, fino a 2 mesi. Molti professionisti preparano i dischi di pan di Spagna\n        in anticipo, li congelano confezionati singolarmente e li scongelano in frigo il giorno prima\n        del montaggio del layer cake.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eSi può sostituire l'acqua con latte o panna?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Sì, potete sostituire l'acqua della ricetta con il latte per un pan di Spagna più morbido,\n        o con una miscela latte+panna per una versione ancora più ricca. Il risultato sarà leggermente\n        più denso ma sempre riuscito.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eDifferenza con la mia ricetta tradizionale del pan di Spagna?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Il Mix Deluxe è più veloce, più regolare e più compatto (ideale per cake design). Il \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-de-la-genoise-classique\"\u003epan di Spagna classico tradizionale\u003c\/a\u003e\n        è più ariosa, più fragile e più autentica nel gusto. Entrambi gli approcci sono\n        complementari a seconda del progetto.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003eCome inzuppare il pan di Spagna senza inzupparlo troppo?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Usate uno sciroppo di zucchero semplice (50% acqua + 50% zucchero + aromi a scelta), intiepidito a 30°C.\n        Applicate con un pennello alimentare in uno strato sottile su ogni disco, non saturate. Per\n        i layer cake destinati al cake design in pasta di zucchero, inzuppatura molto leggera solo\n        per non ammorbidire la struttura.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003cstrong\u003ePerché il mio pan di Spagna si affloscia alla sformatura?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n        Cause possibili, forno aperto durante la cottura (caduta di temperatura), cottura incompleta\n        (interno ancora crudo), sformatura troppo precoce (mollica ancora calda e fragile), temperatura\n        cottura troppo alta (crosta cotta troppo velocemente, interno che si affloscia raffreddandosi). Seguite\n        seguendo scrupolosamente la tabella di dosaggio e cottura FunCakes.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"500 g","offer_id":39539295977514,"sku":"F10100","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 kg","offer_id":39539296010282,"sku":"F10500","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"4kg","offer_id":49217245118803,"sku":"F10800","price":25.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 chilogrammi","offer_id":50454773399891,"sku":"F10900","price":59.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/mix-pour-genoise-deluxe-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772133752"},{"product_id":"funcakes-edition-speciale-mix-pour-creme-enchantee-choco450","title":"Miscela per Crema Incantata al Cioccolato - 450g","description":"\u003csection id=\"dtails\" class=\"data item content product.info.description\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix per Crema Incantata al CIOCCOLATO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScopri la Crema Incantata al Cioccolato: Leggera, Vellutata e Irresistibile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl nostro\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix per Crema Incantata al Cioccolato\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eè la novità perfetta per gli amanti della pasticceria! Progettato per creare una crema leggera, vellutata e dal delicato profumo di cioccolato, questo mix ti permette di realizzare farciture e decorazioni golose in tempi record. Ideale per torte, cupcake e dessert, questa versione al cioccolato è più leggera di una crema al burro tradizionale, pur rimanendo incredibilmente gustosa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerché Scegliere il Mix per Crema Incantata al Cioccolato?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTexture leggera e vellutata\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Perfetta per farcire e decorare i tuoi dessert.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreparazione rapida e facile\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Pronta in soli 3 minuti!\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Utilizzabile subito dopo la preparazione, ideale per torte, cupcake e molto altro.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConservazione pratica\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Si conserva per diversi giorni in frigorifero.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePersonalizzazione\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Può essere preparata con latte, acqua o un mix di entrambi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCome Usare il Mix per Crema Incantata al Cioccolato?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003col start=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMescola\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: 150 g di mix, 100 mL di latte e 100 mL di acqua.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMontare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: A velocità sostenuta per circa 3 minuti fino a ottenere una crema leggera e vellutata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUsa\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Immediatamente per farcire o decorare torte e cupcake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConserva\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: In frigorifero per diversi giorni. Mescola prima di riutilizzare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Puoi preparare la crema solo con latte (200 mL) o solo con acqua (200 mL) a seconda delle tue preferenze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResa\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 porzione\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Permette di farcire 2 strati e coprire 1 torta (Ø25 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCupcake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Sufficiente per realizzare decorazioni a spirale su circa 24-30 cupcake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredienti\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZucchero, sciroppo di glucosio (disidratato), polvere di cacao (magro), olio parzialmente idrogenato (palma), emulsionanti: E471, E472f, grasso vegetale idrogenato (cocco), proteine del latte, destrosio, stabilizzanti: E450, E263, E339, E516, addensanti: E401, E464, antiagglomerante: E341.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergeni\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProteine del latte\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePuò contenere tracce di\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Glutine, uova, soia, lupino.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche Tecniche\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContenuto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: 450 grammi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConservazione\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Conservare in luogo fresco e asciutto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUtilizzo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e: Ideale per torte, cupcake e dessert al cioccolato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIl nostro Mix per Crema Incantata al Cioccolato è pensato per semplificare la pasticceria offrendo risultati professionali. Con la sua texture leggera, il gusto irresistibile e la facilità d’uso, è perfetto per pasticceri amatoriali e professionisti. Che tu stia preparando una torta di compleanno, cupcake o una decorazione golosa, questo mix ti garantisce risultati perfetti ogni volta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":21466437845092,"sku":"F10135","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/mix-pour-creme-enchantee-chocolat-450g-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772133758"},{"product_id":"spray-de-graissage","title":"Spray lubrificante 200ml","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpray distaccante FunCakes\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOttieni un distacco perfetto ogni volta grazie allo spray distaccante FunCakes. Realizzato a base di olio vegetale, questo spray è l'alleato dei pasticceri, offrendo un'applicazione rapida e facile su stampi, teglie e altri utensili da cucina. Addio a torte rotte o attaccate allo stampo!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIstruzioni per l'uso:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgitare bene prima dell'uso.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTieni lo spray in posizione verticale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpruzza a 25-30 cm dallo stampo per uno strato uniforme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIngredienti:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOlio vegetale (semi di rapa).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEtanolo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmulsionante: E322 (soia).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas propellente: E290.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAllergeni in grassetto.\u003c\/strong\u003e Può contenere tracce di latte, anidride solforosa e solfiti (E220-E228).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecauzioni:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Aerosol infiammabile. Può esplodere se riscaldato. Tenere fuori dalla portata dei bambini. Proteggere dai raggi solari. Non esporre a temperature superiori a 50°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNota:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIl propellente E-290 è conforme al Regolamento (CE) n. 1333\/2008, adatto all'uso quotidiano.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContenuto:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e200 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":21700305748068,"sku":"F54100","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spray-de-graissage-200ml-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134029"},{"product_id":"goujons-de-bambou-12-pieces","title":"12 Bastoncini in Bamboo - 30cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003e12 dowel in bambù - 30cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): supporto per stecche di sostegno torta per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eI 12 dowel in bambù - 30cm - PME Cake sono un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato come supporto per stecche di sostegno torta, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e supporto per stecche di sostegno torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eStruttura di wedding cake a piani:\u003c\/strong\u003e supporto per i piani superiori per torte a più strati stabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cake strutturati:\u003c\/strong\u003e rinforzo interno per torte a forma di numeri e forme complesse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLayer cake alti:\u003c\/strong\u003e stabilizzazione delle torte a più strati per trasporto e presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eModellazione di figurine 3D:\u003c\/strong\u003e struttura interna per soggetti in pasta di zucchero in piedi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento indispensabile per wedding cake professionali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per 12 dowel in bambù - 30cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una wedding cake a piani stabile, taglia i dowel all'altezza esatta del piano e inseriscili formando un quadrato o un triangolo a seconda del peso. PME Cake è progettato per la sicurezza alimentare e la stabilità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: supporto per stecche di sostegno torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer la base, aggiungi \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun cake drum rigido\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per il trasporto, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/boite-a-gateau-rectangulaire-pme-plusieurs-dimensions\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna scatola per torte PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23835279589476,"sku":"DR1007","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/12-dowels-en-bamboo-30cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772134050"},{"product_id":"spatule-en-silicone","title":"Maryse in silicone","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMaryse in Silicone - L'Alleata dei Pasticceri!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon lasciare più neanche un grammo di impasto delizioso sul fondo della ciotola! La Maryse in Silicone di Patisse è lo strumento indispensabile di cui hai bisogno per estrarre ogni preziosa goccia di impasto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePerfettamente Pratica:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFacile da Usare:\u003c\/strong\u003e La testa in silicone flessibile di questa maryse è progettata per raschiare efficacemente le pareti della tua ciotola, permettendoti di recuperare ogni pezzetto di impasto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDurevole e Affidabile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Realizzata per durare, questa maryse è pronta ad affrontare molte avventure culinarie al tuo fianco.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePulizia Senza Problemi:\u003c\/strong\u003e Il silicone è facile da pulire, il che significa che passerai meno tempo a lavare i piatti e più tempo a gustare le tue creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDesign Curato:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eManico in Legno:\u003c\/strong\u003e Il manico in legno di questa maryse offre una presa comoda e piacevole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità Incomparabile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideale per incorporare ingredienti, raschiare ciotole o lisciare l'impasto, questa maryse è un vero coltellino svizzero della pasticceria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDettagli del Prodotto:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManico in legno con testa in silicone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNon Sprecare Neanche Una Goccia di Creatività!\u003c\/strong\u003e La Maryse in Silicone di Patisse ti garantisce di sfruttare al massimo le tue preparazioni, in modo pratico e senza sforzo. Trasforma ogni ricetta in un’esperienza senza sprechi fin da subito!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23836884271204,"sku":"10308","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/maryse-en-silicone-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772134071"},{"product_id":"decoupe-gateaux","title":"Lira per torta \/ Taglia pan di Spagna - 25 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eArpa per Torte Wilton - Taglia Pan di Spagna\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTagliare un pan di spagna o una torta Molly a strati perfettamente dritti non è mai stato così semplice grazie all'arpa per torte Wilton. Questa piccola sega per torte ti permette di effettuare tagli precisi, riducendo così la quantità di briciole e irregolarità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDettagli e Caratteristiche:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePer Torte Perfette:\u003c\/strong\u003e Questa arpa è ideale per tagliare pan di spagna o torte Molly in strati uniformi, permettendoti di creare torte perfettamente equilibrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRegolabile in Altezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e Puoi regolare l'altezza del taglio per risultati su misura, perfettamente adatti alle tue esigenze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAdatta a Diverse Dimensioni:\u003c\/strong\u003e L'arpa è progettata per torte fino a 25 cm di diametro e 5 cm di altezza, offrendo la massima versatilità per le tue creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni Pratiche:\u003c\/strong\u003e Con dimensioni di 30 x 15,2 cm, questa arpa per torte è compatta e facile da maneggiare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRendi più Facili i Tuoi Progetti di Pasticceria:\u003c\/strong\u003e Non lasciare che torte irregolari ti scoraggino. L'arpa per torte Wilton ti permette di tagliare con precisione, trasformando le tue creazioni in opere d'arte pasticcere impeccabili. \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23836949119076,"sku":"02-0-0129","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-25-cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134073"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-hauteur-25cm","title":"Scatola per Torta 25,5x25,5x25cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScatola per Torte Adatta per Creazioni Alte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescrizione\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003cbr\u003eProgettata specificamente per torte alte e decorate, questa scatola per torte è l'accessorio indispensabile per ogni pasticcere che desidera trasportare le proprie creazioni in tutta sicurezza. Il suo design curato e la funzionalità la rendono una scelta ideale per presentare e spostare le tue torte.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche principali\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStruttura solida\u003c\/strong\u003e : Realizzata con materiali di qualità, questa scatola garantisce una protezione ottimale alla tua torta durante il trasporto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eEstetica\u003c\/strong\u003e : La sua forma quadrata e il colore neutro valorizzano le tue torte senza oscurarle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eManici integrati\u003c\/strong\u003e : Grazie alle sue maniglie incorporate, offre una presa comoda, facilitando così il trasporto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRiutilizzabile\u003c\/strong\u003e : In condizioni di utilizzo normali, questa scatola per torte con coperchio è progettata per essere riutilizzata, offrendo così un buon rapporto qualità-prezzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifiche\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/strong\u003e : Circa 25,5 x 25,5 x 25 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAltezza\u003c\/strong\u003e : 25 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaccomandazioni\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003cbr\u003eDopo ogni utilizzo, pulisci delicatamente la scatola per rimuovere eventuali residui di torta o glassa. Conserva in un luogo asciutto per garantirne la durata.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSia che tu sia un professionista della pasticceria o un appassionato, questa scatola per torte è lo strumento perfetto per trasportare i tuoi capolavori culinari. Combina praticità, estetica e durabilità, assicurando che la tua torta arrivi a destinazione nelle migliori condizioni possibili. Non perdere quindi l'occasione di facilitare i tuoi spostamenti con questa scatola per torte di alta qualità!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23932917842020,"sku":"F80160","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-255x255x25cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134113"},{"product_id":"master-tip-set-de-55-pieces","title":"Set di punte Master\/55 pezzi","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eSet Punte Master Wilton - Set da 55 Pezzi\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eSet Wilton da 55 pezzi, punte assortite e accessori per cake design\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Set Wilton da 55 Pezzi è il set completo di punta Wilton, la dotazione di riferimento nel cake design con 55 pezzi che coprono tutte le tecniche. Riunisce in un contenitore organizzato una selezione di punte da pasticceria in acciaio inox, sacche da pasticceria e accessori complementari (adattatori, spazzole per la pulizia) per coprire l'essenziale delle tecniche di decorazione nel cake design: roselline per cupcake, bordi per torte a strati, fiori in crema al burro, scritte in glassa reale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWilton, marchio americano di riferimento nel cake design dal 1929, propone in questo set un assortimento coerente che segue la nomenclatura standard utilizzata in tutti i manuali e corsi di cake design nel mondo. Ideale per pasticceri in formazione, cake designer amatoriali avanzati e laboratori di pasticceria che vogliono una dotazione pronta all'uso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003ePunti di forza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003e55 pezzi assortiti:\u003c\/strong\u003e copre l'essenziale delle tecniche di decorazione cake design in un unico set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAcciaio inox alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e punte di qualità professionale, resistenti alla pressione e compatibili con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eContenitore organizzato:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatola per ritrovare ogni punta rapidamente durante la produzione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNomenclatura Wilton:\u003c\/strong\u003e riferimento mondiale documentato in tutti i manuali di cake design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità universale:\u003c\/strong\u003e punte utilizzabili con tutte le sacche standard (PME, JEM, Colour Mill, ecc.).\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eComposizione:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55 pezzi (punte, sacche, adattatori, accessori)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale punte:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eContenitore:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatola organizzata inclusa\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDestinatari:\u003c\/strong\u003e amatori avanzati, pasticceri in formazione, laboratori di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e punte lavabili a mano e in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRosette per cupcake:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorazione a spirale con le punte stella (#1M, #2D, #4B) incluse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBordi per torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e contorni regolari con le punte rigate e stella del set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFiori in crema al burro:\u003c\/strong\u003e rose, peonie, ortensie con le punte petalo (#104, #125).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eScritte in glassa reale:\u003c\/strong\u003e messaggi e decori fini con le punte per scrittura (#2, #3).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFoglie botaniche:\u003c\/strong\u003e decori vegetali con le punte foglia (#352, #67, #68).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDotazione didattica:\u003c\/strong\u003e set completo per corsi di cake design, laboratori e formazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSelezione della punta:\u003c\/strong\u003e scegli la punta adatta al tuo progetto (rosette, scritte, fiori, bordi) secondo i riferimenti inclusi nel set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserisci la punta in una sacca da pasticceria vuota, con l'ugello verso la punta. Taglia l'estremità della sacca all'altezza della base della punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempi la sacca per due terzi con il tuo composto (crema al burro, ganache montata, panna stabilizzata), elimina l'aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e tieni la sacca verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premi con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCambio punta:\u003c\/strong\u003e per passare da una punta all'altra, usa un adattatore se fornito, oppure cambia sacca da pasticceria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacqua immediatamente dopo l'uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie per la maggior parte delle punte.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eConservazione\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin: 0;\"\u003eConserva il set in un luogo asciutto, al riparo dalla luce diretta. Sciacqua e asciuga ogni punta immediatamente dopo l'uso prima di riporla.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per sfruttare al meglio questo set da 55 pezzi\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer sfruttare appieno un set di questa portata: inizia identificando 5-6 punte essenziali che userai il 90% del tempo (#1M stella, #2D drop flower, #104 petalo rosa, #352 foglia, #3 scrittura, #1A tonda). Segnale con marcatori colorati. Le altre punte serviranno per progetti specifici (effetti intreccio, farciture, decorazioni stagionali). Questo approccio evita di perdere tempo a cercare nel set durante la produzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003ePezzi: 55\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale punte: acciaio inox alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eContenitore: scatola organizzata inclusa\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Esplora le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003epunte da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e di tutte le forme e marche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Completa con le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esacche da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":23934184292452,"sku":"02-0-0228","price":56.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/master-tip-set55-pieces-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134118"},{"product_id":"10-poches-a-douille-funcakes","title":"10 Sac à poche - 30 \/ 41 \/ 46 cm","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pl-v6pd { font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; background: #faf7f0; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 10px; padding: 22px; color: #2a2419; line-height: 1.7; font-size: 15px; }\n.pl-v6pd h3 { color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin: 0 0 12px 0; font-weight: 700; }\n.pl-v6pd .bloc { background: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 14px; }\n.pl-v6pd ul { padding-left: 20px; margin: 8px 0; }\n.pl-v6pd ul li { margin-bottom: 7px; }\n.pl-v6pd ul li::marker { color: #d7b36a; }\n.pl-v6pd .note { background: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0; padding: 14px 18px; margin-bottom: 14px; font-size: 14px; }\n.pl-v6pd a { color: #b98b35; font-weight: 600; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"pl-v6pd\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e10 sacchetti da pasticceria usa e getta FunCakes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet da 10 sacchetti da pasticceria usa e getta FunCakes, disponibili in tre lunghezze: 30, 41 e 46 cm. Flessibili e resistenti, si adattano ai beccucci standard per decorare con crema al burro, ganache montata, meringa, panna montata o impasto per macarons. La versione usa e getta garantisce l'igiene tra due colori o due preparazioni, senza tempi di pulizia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet da 10 sacchetti usa e getta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLunghezze a scelta: 30 cm per piccoli volumi, 41 e 46 cm per grandi quantità\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMateriale flessibile che offre una buona presa e controllo del flusso\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibili con beccucci e adattatori standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCome usarli correttamente\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTagliare l'estremità alla dimensione del beccuccio scelto, inserire il beccuccio o un adattatore, quindi riempire per due terzi per mantenere il controllo. La lunghezza da 30 cm è adatta per decorazioni di precisione su cupcake e macarons, mentre le 41 e 46 cm per riempimenti di grandi volumi. Abbinali ai \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\"\u003ebeccucci\u003c\/a\u003e e scopri i modelli riutilizzabili e altri formati nella collezione \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douilles\"\u003esacchetti da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e. Per la decorazione con glassa, consulta la collezione \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/glacages\"\u003eglasse\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"note\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDa notare:\u003c\/strong\u003e sacchetti monouso, non progettati per lavastoviglie né per un uso prolungato. Per un approccio sostenibile con grandi volumi giornalieri, un sacchetto riutilizzabile in tessuto cerato è più adatto.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"bloc\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDomande frequenti\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuale lunghezza di sacchetto scegliere?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e30 cm per lavori di precisione e piccoli volumi, 41 o 46 cm quando è necessario riempire molte porzioni senza ricaricare troppo spesso.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eServe un adattatore per cambiare beccuccio?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eUn adattatore permette di cambiare beccuccio senza svuotare il sacchetto. Senza adattatore, inserire direttamente il beccuccio prima di riempire il sacchetto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSono adatti per i macarons?\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003eSì, la flessibilità del sacchetto aiuta a dosare gusci regolari. Riempire per due terzi e decorare con un gesto verticale e costante.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"30cm","offer_id":39526725451818,"sku":"F85100","price":2.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"41cm","offer_id":39526725484586,"sku":"F85110","price":2.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"46cm","offer_id":39526725517354,"sku":"F85120","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/10-poches-a-douille-30-41-46-cm-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134294"},{"product_id":"mix-pour-dip-drip-blanc","title":"Miscela per Dip \u0026 Drip Bianco","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMix per Dip \u0026 Drip Bianco\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Personalizzazione Facile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aggiungi colorante alimentare per creare la tua glassa del colore preferito.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Versatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideale per ricoprire torte, cupcake e ciambelle con una glassa liquida elegante.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Preparazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mescola 100 g del mix con 14 ml di acqua calda. Possibilità di colorazione. Mescola bene prima dell’uso. Se si indurisce, riscalda 10-15 secondi al microonde.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Ingredienti:\u003c\/strong\u003e Zucchero, sciroppo di glucosio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Contenuto:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 grammi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31206005964842,"sku":"F54445","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/mix-pour-dip-and-drip-blanc-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134335"},{"product_id":"mix-pour-creme-au-beurre-suisse-meringuee","title":"Miscela per Crema al Burro Svizzera Meringata","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrema al Burro Svizzera Meringata\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScoprite il nostro Mix per Crema al Burro Svizzera Meringata, un modo pratico per preparare questa deliziosa crema in modo rapido e semplice. Questa crema al burro svizzera è meno dolce rispetto alla versione tradizionale, rendendola perfetta per decorare torte, cupcake e dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio di Preparazione\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssicuratevi che tutti gli ingredienti siano a temperatura ambiente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePer una porzione, mescolate 100 g di mix con 70 ml di acqua calda del rubinetto per 8 minuti usando una frusta a massima velocità fino a ottenere una consistenza ariosa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAggiungete 220 grammi di burro non salato (a temperatura ambiente) in 4 parti al composto, sbattendo fino a che il burro sia completamente incorporato prima di aggiungere la parte successiva.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMontate a grande velocità per circa 8 minuti per ottenere una crema liscia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUna porzione di crema è sufficiente per farcire e coprire una torta da 20 cm o decorare circa 12 cupcake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eIngredienti\u003c\/strong\u003e : Questo mix è composto da zucchero, albume d'uovo da allevamento a terra essiccato, addensante, acido e aroma. Per gli allergeni, consultate gli ingredienti in grassetto. Può contenere tracce di uovo, soia, latte e lupino.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePesos disponibili\u003c\/strong\u003e : Potete scegliere tra un pacchetto da 400g o 800g per soddisfare le vostre esigenze di pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCreatività Senza Limiti\u003c\/strong\u003e : Usate la nostra Crema al Burro Svizzera Meringata per esaltare le vostre creazioni dolci con semplicità!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNon aspettate oltre, aggiungete il nostro Mix per Crema al Burro Svizzera Meringata al vostro carrello e deliziatevi con questa crema gustosa e leggera!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"400 g","offer_id":46383459860819,"sku":"F10145","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"800 g","offer_id":46383459893587,"sku":"F11170","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/mix-pour-creme-au-beurre-suisse-meringuee-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772134387"},{"product_id":"24-poches-a-douille-jetables-41-cm","title":"24 Sac à douille usa e getta - 41 cm","description":"\u003ch3\u003e24 Sacchetti da Pasticceria Usa e Getta 41 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDescrizione\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQualità Superiore: Questi sacchetti da pasticceria usa e getta e resistenti del marchio Patisse sono ideali per pasticceri amatoriali e professionisti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVersatili: Perfetti per crema al burro, glassa e molto altro ancora.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatibilità: Utilizzabili con diverse bocchette, facilitano la decorazione di torte e dolci.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLunghezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eContenuto della Confezione\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantità:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 pezzi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuesti sacchetti da pasticceria sono indispensabili per tutti i tuoi lavori di pasticceria, garantendo risultati impeccabili ad ogni utilizzo.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31608663539754,"sku":"02435","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/24-poches-a-douille-jetables-41-cm-patisse-1.png?v=1772134470"},{"product_id":"plateau-tournant-pme","title":"Piatto Girevole 23 cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003ePiatto Girevole 23 cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): base per torte in cartone per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Piatto Girevole 23 cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per basi in cartone, è rivolto a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare rigido. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, pasta di gomma, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e base per torte in cartone\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone alimentare rigido\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSupporto per torte nuziali:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone o piatto alimentare per presentare torte a più piani.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte numero professionali:\u003c\/strong\u003e supporto rigido per trasporto e presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte a strati per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e base solida per matrimoni, compleanni e gala.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticcerie artigianali:\u003c\/strong\u003e presentazione pulita per vendite da asporto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBuffet e tavoli dolci:\u003c\/strong\u003e supporti adatti per tavoli di eventi e candy bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per piatto girevole 23 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer un trasporto sicuro, fissate la torta alla base con un po' di ganache o glassa reale. PME Cake offre formati compatibili con torte nuziali a più piani.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: base per torte in cartone\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare rigido\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer torte nuziali, aggiungete \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/goujons-de-bambou-12-pieces\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003edei sostegni Easy Cut PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per il trasporto, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/boite-a-gateau-rectangulaire-pme-plusieurs-dimensions\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna scatola per torte PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31608799952938,"sku":"IT461","price":21.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/plateau-tournant-23-cm-pme-1.png?v=1772134491"},{"product_id":"lisseur-extra-large","title":"Lisciatore PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore PME Cake - \u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato come lisciatore per cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Materiale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTaglie disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e3 opzioni tra cui scegliere, seleziona la tua tramite il selettore sopra:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eSmall\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eMedium\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eExtra Large\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglie disponibili:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small, Medium, Extra Large\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per il lisciatore  \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Piccolo","offer_id":39556190765098,"sku":"PS40","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Medio","offer_id":39556190797866,"sku":"PS41","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":39556190830634,"sku":"PS42","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-pme-choisir-la-taille-pme-1.png?v=1772134495"},{"product_id":"racloir-a-patisserie-12cm","title":"Raschia Pasticceria - 20cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaschia Pasticceria Patisse\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDescrizione :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIl raschia pasticceria del marchio Patisse è un accessorio indispensabile per ogni pasticcere, amatoriale o professionale. Progettato per massimizzare l'uso degli ingredienti, permette di raschiare facilmente ed efficacemente l'eccesso di materia dalle ciotole e dai recipienti. La sua struttura in plastica robusta garantisce un utilizzo duraturo, mentre la dimensione di 20 cm lo rende maneggevole e adatto a diversi usi in cucina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Marchio: Patisse, un punto di riferimento negli accessori per pasticceria.\u003cbr\u003e Progettato per recuperare l'eccesso di impasto o crema dai vostri recipienti.\u003cbr\u003e Plastica robusta e durevole per un uso regolare.\u003cbr\u003e Dimensione ideale: 20 cm di lunghezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIdeale per raschiare ciotole, padelle e altri recipienti, assicura di non sprecare neanche una goccia delle vostre preparazioni. La forma ergonomica permette una presa comoda e un utilizzo senza sforzo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManutenzione :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePer pulirlo, sciacquate semplicemente il raschia sotto acqua tiepida con un po' di sapone delicato. Evitate di usare spugne abrasive per non graffiare o danneggiare la superficie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfezionamento :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVenduto singolarmente.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39843734061098,"sku":"01540","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/racloir-a-patisserie-20cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772134875"},{"product_id":"5-moules-a-gateaux-wilton","title":"Stampi per torte \/ Torta a strati - Rotondo 15cm \/ 20cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStampi per Torte a Strati \/ Layer Cake \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePresentazione :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDai vita a torte a strati mozzafiato con gli stampi da forno Wilton. Che si tratti di torte sfumate, arcobaleno o classiche, questi stampi antiaderenti semplificano la tua esperienza di pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVantaggi Principali :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eFacilità d'Uso:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grazie al rivestimento antiaderente, sformare e pulire è semplicissimo.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDiversità:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideale per torte arcobaleno, \"naked cakes\", layer cakes e molto altro.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRicette Incluse:\u003c\/strong\u003e La confezione contiene diverse ricette in inglese per ispirarti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDettagli Tecnici :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisponibili in due dimensioni: 15 cm (5 stampi) e 20 cm (4 stampi).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAltezza di ogni stampo: 1,49 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio da Professionista :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePer risultati migliori, usa il mix FunCakes per Cupcakes. Mescola, versa e cuoci per ottenere una torta soffice e deliziosa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDai un tocco professionale alle tue creazioni di pasticceria con il set di stampi da forno Wilton. Una soluzione perfetta per tutti gli appassionati di pasticceria che vogliono stupire i loro ospiti. Ordina il tuo oggi stesso e aggiungi una dimensione in più ai tuoi dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"15cm","offer_id":39532425347114,"sku":"03-3113","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":39532425379882,"sku":"03-3126","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moules-a-gateaux-layer-cake-rond-15cm-20cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772134906"},{"product_id":"lisseur-en-inox-25-5cm-pme","title":"Piastra in Acciaio Inox - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisseur in Acciaio Inox - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisseur in Acciaio Inox - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato come lisciatore cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e amatori avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Questa referenza è disponibile in diverse opzioni per rispondere a differenti esigenze di produzione nel cake design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eTaglie disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e2 opzioni a scelta, seleziona la tua tramite il selettore sopra:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eLisseur XL : 25.5cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eLisseur Small : 12.6cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo :\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale :\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità :\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglie disponibili :\u003c\/strong\u003e Lisseur XL : 25.5cm, Lisseur Small : 12.6cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o amatore avanzato nel cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura di wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o testurizzata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lisciatore in acciaio inox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, liscia prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveralo leggermente con Maizena. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer andare oltre\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavora su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Piastra XL : 25,5cm","offer_id":46379012292947,"sku":"SS21","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Piastra Piccola : 12,6cm","offer_id":46379012325715,"sku":"SS20","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-en-inox-pme-pme-1.jpg?v=1772134917"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-30cm","title":"Scatola per Torta - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eScatola per torta - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): scatola per torta per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa scatola per torta - Crystal 30cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per scatole per torte, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTrasporto torte:\u003c\/strong\u003e protezione e presentazione per cake designer e pasticcerie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConsegna wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione adatta per trasporto sicuro di torte grandi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatole compartimentate per trasporto e presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBiscotti decorati regalo:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione curata per vendite di biscotti royal icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticceria da asporto:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione professionale per vendite da asporto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per scatola per torta - crystal 30cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer preservare la freschezza delle tue torte, conservale nella scatola a temperatura ambiente (15-20°C) evitando il frigorifero che secca le paste di zucchero. PME Cake è adatto per trasporto e consegna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo stock con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ealtri formati di scatole PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per il montaggio, aggiungi \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun supporto cake drum\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838144626730,"sku":"CCB12","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-30cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135087"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-35cm","title":"Scatola per Torta - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eScatola per torta - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): scatola per torta per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa scatola per torta - Crystal 35cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per scatole per torte, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTrasporto torte:\u003c\/strong\u003e protezione e presentazione per cake designer e pasticcerie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConsegna wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione adatta per trasporto sicuro di torte grandi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatole compartimentate per trasporto e presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBiscotti decorati regalo:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione curata per vendite di biscotti royal icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticceria da asporto:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione professionale per vendite da asporto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per scatola per torta - crystal 35cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer preservare la freschezza delle tue torte, conservale nella scatola a temperatura ambiente (15-20°C) evitando il frigorifero che secca le paste di zucchero. PME Cake è adatto per trasporto e consegna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo stock con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ealtri formati di scatole PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per il montaggio, aggiungi \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun supporto cake drum\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838149738538,"sku":"CCB14","price":17.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-35cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135091"},{"product_id":"boite-a-gateau-crystal-25cm","title":"Scatola per Torta - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eScatola per torta - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): scatola per torta per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa scatola per torta - Crystal 25cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per scatole per torte, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTrasporto torte:\u003c\/strong\u003e protezione e presentazione per cake designer e pasticcerie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConsegna wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione adatta per trasporto sicuro di torte grandi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e scatole compartimentate per trasporto e presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBiscotti decorati regalo:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione curata per vendite di biscotti royal icing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticceria da asporto:\u003c\/strong\u003e confezione professionale per vendite da asporto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per scatola per torta - crystal 25cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer preservare la freschezza delle tue torte, conservale nella scatola a temperatura ambiente (15-20°C) evitando il frigorifero che secca le paste di zucchero. PME Cake è adatto per trasporto e consegna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Scatola per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: cartone alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo stock con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/extension-de-boite\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ealtri formati di scatole PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per il montaggio, aggiungi \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun supporto cake drum\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":31838157209642,"sku":"CCB10","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/boite-a-gateau-crystal-25cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135096"},{"product_id":"scraper-a-motif-pleat-pme","title":"Lisciatore a denti - Piega - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore a denti - Piega - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore a denti - Piega - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per lisciare nel cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lisciatore a denti - piega\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32155459813418,"sku":"PS62","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-a-dent-pleat-pme-1.png?v=1772135438"},{"product_id":"scraper-nervure-ribbed-pme","title":"Lisciatore nervato - Righe - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore nervato - Ribbed - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore nervato - Ribbed - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per lisciare nel cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lisciatore nervato - ribbed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32155474591786,"sku":"PS63","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-nervure-ribbed-pme-1.png?v=1772135442"},{"product_id":"scraper-a-rayures-festonnees-scallop-stripes-pme","title":"Lisciatore a strisce smerlate - Strisce smerlate - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore a strisce smerlate - Scallop Stripes - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore a strisce smerlate - Scallop Stripes - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per lisciare nel cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrucco Patissland per lisciatore a strisce smerlate - scallop stripes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32155482062890,"sku":"PS64","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-a-rayures-festonnees-scallop-stripes-pme-1.png?v=1772135447"},{"product_id":"scraper-lateral-en-acrylique-hauteur-10-a-15-cm","title":"Lisciatore Latitude Ring 10 \u0026 15 cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore Latitude Ring 10 \u0026amp; 15 cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore Latitude Ring 10 \u0026amp; 15 cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per lisciare il cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lisciatore latitude ring 10 \u0026amp; 15 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32157909450794,"sku":"PS66","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-latitude-ring-10-and-15-cm-pme-1.png?v=1772135451"},{"product_id":"scraper-latitude-ring-20-25-cm","title":"Lisciatore Latitude Ring 20 \u0026 25 cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLisciatore Latitude Ring 20 \u0026amp; 25 cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lisciatore per cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Lisciatore Latitude Ring 20 \u0026amp; 25 cm - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per lisciare il cake design, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, fondente, pasta di mandorle, crema al burro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di torte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura perfetta della pasta di zucchero sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura delle wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e superfici nette e angoli vivi per torte dall'aspetto professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eEliminazione delle bolle d'aria:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimozione delle bolle sotto la pasta di zucchero per un risultato impeccabile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLucidatura del fondente:\u003c\/strong\u003e brillantezza e uniformità del fondente per un effetto pasticceria di alta qualità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrema al burro lisciata:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura liscia o strutturata per layer cake con crema al burro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lisciatore latitude ring 20 \u0026amp; 25 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una copertura perfetta, lisciate prima la parte superiore della torta e poi i lati. Se la pasta di zucchero si attacca al lisciatore, spolveratelo leggermente con amido di mais. Il formato PME Cake è adatto a torte di tutte le dimensioni, dal cupcake alla wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: lisciatore per cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica rigida alimentare o acciaio inox a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer stendere la pasta di zucchero, usate \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rouleau-a-patisserie-antiadhesif-15-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun mattarello PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE lavorate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rolling-out-board-300x250x8mm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna tavola da lavoro PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32157937336362,"sku":"PS67","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-latitude-ring-20-and-25-cm-pme-pme-1.png?v=1772135457"},{"product_id":"moule-mini-tablettes-de-chocolat","title":"Stampo per mini tavolette di cioccolato","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eStampo Mini Tavoletta di Cioccolato\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrasforma le tue Torte in Opere d'Arte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eQuesto stampo in silicone è lo strumento ideale per aggiungere un tocco di fantasia e delicatezza alle tue torte. Usalo con cioccolato o pasta di zucchero per donare una finitura elegante e personalizzata ai tuoi dessert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche del Prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità\u003c\/strong\u003e : Utilizzabile in forno e congelatore per una grande varietà di creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRivestimento Antiaderente\u003c\/strong\u003e : Sformatura facile senza danneggiare le tue creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMateriale Morbido e Resistente\u003c\/strong\u003e : Silicone di qualità, durevole e flessibile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni Pratiche\u003c\/strong\u003e :\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensioni dello stampo: 22,5 cm (lunghezza) x 10,5 cm (larghezza).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensioni delle cavità: 3,8 cm x 2,8 cm x 0,4 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlta Resistenza Termica\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCon una tolleranza di temperatura da -40 ℃ a 230 ℃, questo stampo è perfetto per l'uso in diverse condizioni di cottura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsigli per l'Uso\u003c\/strong\u003e :\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulizia Facile\u003c\/strong\u003e : Lavabile a mano per una maggiore durata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreatività senza Limiti\u003c\/strong\u003e : Sperimenta con diversi sapori e colori per creazioni uniche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUn Must-Have per gli Amanti della Pasticceria\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSia che tu sia un pasticcere amatoriale o un professionista, questo stampo mini tavoletta di cioccolato è un'aggiunta indispensabile alla tua collezione di utensili da cucina.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRealizza Decorazioni Squisite\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCon questo stampo, lascia libera la tua immaginazione e crea decorazioni raffinate per torte, cupcake e altre dolcezze.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SILIKOMART","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32169015050282,"sku":"22.111.77.0065","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-mini-tablettes-de-chocolat-silikomart-1.png?v=1772135612"},{"product_id":"volette-a-patisserie","title":"Volette per Pasticceria","description":"\u003clink rel=\"stylesheet\" href=\"https:\/\/fonts.googleapis.com\/css2?family=Montserrat:wght@400;500;600;700\u0026amp;display=swap\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', 'Helvetica Neue', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 28px 24px; border-radius: 10px; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; line-height: 1.55;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eGriglia per cottura\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eGriglia per Pasticceria\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eIl compagno di cottura storico dei pasticceri\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa griglia per pasticceria è progettata per il compagno di cottura storico dei pasticceri. Acciaio inossidabile, formato 32 cm di diametro. Indispensabile per evitare la condensa sotto le pasticcerie appena uscite dal forno e garantire un raffreddamento omogeneo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl corretto raffreddamento di una torta è importante quanto la cottura: senza griglia, il calore residuo continua a cuocere il fondo della torta, seccando i biscotti e facendo attaccare la base della pasticceria da forno. Una griglia ben dimensionata fa la differenza tra una pasticceria casalinga amatoriale e una finitura professionale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 22px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 11px; font-weight: 600; letter-spacing: 3px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 6px 0;\"\u003eIl suo ruolo nel team\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 24px; margin: 0 0 4px 0; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eIl Classico Rotondo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 14px; font-style: italic; margin: 0 0 14px 0;\"\u003eIl compagno di cottura storico dei pasticceri\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eLa griglia rotonda è lo strumento tradizionale dei pasticceri da decenni. Formato circolare ideale per crostate, torte rotonde e dessert dopo lo sformo. L'acciaio inossidabile garantisce lunga durata e facile pulizia. Da posizionare obbligatoriamente sotto ogni torta appena uscita dal forno per evitare la condensa sotto la base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003eCapacità reale in superficie di raffreddamento\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; margin: 0 0 18px 0; font-style: italic;\"\u003eQuante pasticcerie possono raffreddarsi contemporaneamente?\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 1fr; gap: 10px;\"\u003e\n        \n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 14px 16px; border-radius: 8px; border-left: 3px solid #d7b36a;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 4px 0; font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003e1 grande torta rotonda\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 12px; color: #8a7a55; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003ediametro fino a 30 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 14px 16px; border-radius: 8px; border-left: 3px solid #d7b36a;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 4px 0; font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003e1 crostata familiare\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 12px; color: #8a7a55; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003ediametro fino a 28 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 14px 16px; border-radius: 8px; border-left: 3px solid #d7b36a;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 4px 0; font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003e4 a 6 cupcake\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 12px; color: #8a7a55; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003ea cerchio al centro\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 14px 16px; border-radius: 8px; border-left: 3px solid #d7b36a;\"\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 4px 0; font-size: 15px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003e12 cookies\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 12px; color: #8a7a55; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003espaziati a corona\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 22px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003ePer quali preparazioni?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; margin: 0 0 18px 0; font-style: italic;\"\u003eCompatibilità per tipo di pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf7f0; border-radius: 8px; overflow: hidden;\"\u003e\n        \n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 80px 110px; gap: 12px; align-items: center; padding: 10px 14px; border-bottom: 1px solid #e8dcc4;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 2px 0; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBiscotti \u0026 cookies\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 11px; color: #8a7a55;\"\u003ebiscotti secchi, cookies\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; font-size: 18px; letter-spacing: 4px; color: #d7b36a;\"\u003e●●●\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: right; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eIdeale\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 80px 110px; gap: 12px; align-items: center; padding: 10px 14px; border-bottom: 1px solid #e8dcc4;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 2px 0; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePan di Spagna \u0026 rotoli\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 11px; color: #8a7a55;\"\u003epaste montate morbide\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; font-size: 18px; letter-spacing: 4px; color: #d7b36a;\"\u003e●●●\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: right; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eIdeale\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 80px 110px; gap: 12px; align-items: center; padding: 10px 14px; border-bottom: 1px solid #e8dcc4;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 2px 0; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMacaron\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 11px; color: #8a7a55;\"\u003egusci sottili precisi\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; font-size: 18px; letter-spacing: 4px; color: #d7b36a;\"\u003e●●○\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: right; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibile\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 80px 110px; gap: 12px; align-items: center; padding: 10px 14px; border-bottom: 1px solid #e8dcc4;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 2px 0; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticceria da forno\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 11px; color: #8a7a55;\"\u003ecornetti, pane, brioche\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; font-size: 18px; letter-spacing: 4px; color: #d7b36a;\"\u003e●●●\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: right; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eIdeale\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: 1fr 80px 110px; gap: 12px; align-items: center; padding: 10px 14px; border-bottom: 1px solid #e8dcc4;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0 0 2px 0; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUmidi \u0026 succosi\u003c\/p\u003e\n                \u003cp style=\"margin: 0; font-size: 11px; color: #8a7a55;\"\u003ebrownies, flan, gratin\u003c\/p\u003e\n            \u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; font-size: 18px; letter-spacing: 4px; color: #d7b36a;\"\u003e●●○\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: right; font-size: 12px; font-weight: 600; color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibile\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDimensioni :\u003c\/strong\u003e 32 cm di diametro\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale :\u003c\/strong\u003e Acciaio inossidabile\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo :\u003c\/strong\u003e Griglia per cottura \/ raffreddamento\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità forno :\u003c\/strong\u003e Forni tradizionali, ventilati, professionali (fino a 250°C)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione :\u003c\/strong\u003e Lavaggio a mano consigliato per preservare il rivestimento\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eOrigine:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marchio europeo riconosciuto, selezionato da Patissland\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eConsigli d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePosizionamento:\u003c\/strong\u003e posa la griglia su un piano di lavoro sgombro, idealmente vicino a una finestra per accelerare il raffreddamento.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTrasferimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e sforma la pasticceria calda e posizionala direttamente sulla griglia. Per i biscotti, trasferiscili uno a uno con la spatola.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTempo di riposo:\u003c\/strong\u003e minimo 30 minuti per i biscotti, 1-2 ore per le torte, 4 ore per le composizioni prima di procedere alla glassatura.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConsiglio umidità:\u003c\/strong\u003e per i giorni umidi, posiziona un foglio di carta da forno sotto la griglia per assorbire la condensa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConservazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e riponi in piano al riparo dalla polvere, appendi quando possibile per risparmiare spazio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eManutenzione e durata\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Lava a mano con una spugna morbida e acqua tiepida saponata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Asciuga completamente prima di riporre per evitare tracce di calcare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 8px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Evita utensili metallici affilati che graffiano il rivestimento antiaderente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Con una corretta manutenzione, durata prevista da 5 a 10 anni con uso regolare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-radius: 8px; padding: 20px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 12px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eComponi la tua squadra di cottura completa:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Per completare la tua attrezzatura, aggiungi \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/grille-de-refroidissement-pliable\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eGriglia Pieghevole 46 x 32 cm\u003c\/a\u003e (Le Voyageur).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Per preparazioni specifiche, scopri anche \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/grille-de-refroidissement-32cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eGriglia Rotonda 32 cm\u003c\/a\u003e (L'Essentiel Économique).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e E per completare il tuo kit da pasticceria, considera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/plaque-de-cuisson-perforee-40-x-30-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eTeglia Forata 40 x 30 cm\u003c\/a\u003e (Le Sprinter).\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32228384047146,"sku":"01320","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/volette-a-patisserie-patisse-1.png?v=1772135755"},{"product_id":"spray-de-graissage-sans-huile-de-palme-500ml","title":"Spray lubrificante senza olio di palma 500ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpray di Lubrificazione Professionale :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCon questo spray, lubrificate rapidamente e facilmente i vostri stampi, teglie e piatti da forno!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIstruzioni: Per un risultato ottimale, agitare bene prima dell’uso. Tenere lo spray in posizione verticale e spruzzare lo stampo a una distanza di 25-30 cm per applicare uno strato uniforme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolo per uso professionale.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDettagli :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIngredienti: oli di girasole ad alto contenuto oleico, emulsionanti: lecitina di girasole (E322), olio di semi d’uva, propellenti: E943a, E943b, E944.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttenzione: aerosol infiammabile. Contenitore sotto pressione. Può esplodere se riscaldato. Tenere fuori dalla portata dei bambini. Conservare lontano da calore, superfici calde, scintille, fiamme libere e qualsiasi altra fonte di accensione. Vietato fumare. Non spruzzare su fiamma libera o altre fonti di accensione. Non perforare né bruciare, anche dopo l’uso. Proteggere dai raggi solari. Non esporre a temperature superiori a 50°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContenuto: 500 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"VELLY FOOD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32420814422058,"sku":"PSP1660S","price":8.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spray-de-graissage-sans-huile-de-palme-500ml-velly-food-1.jpg?v=1772136421"},{"product_id":"spatule-coudee-patisse-11-cm","title":"Spatola Piatta - 11 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpatola Piatta 11 cm Patisse RVS\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescrizione\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUtilità\u003c\/strong\u003e: Spatola pratica per lisciare creme e glassature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarca\u003c\/strong\u003e: Patisse, rinomata per i suoi utensili da pasticceria di qualità\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMisura\u003c\/strong\u003e: 11 cm, ideale per una manipolazione precisa e confortevole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVantaggi\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità\u003c\/strong\u003e: Perfetta per una varietà di compiti in pasticceria, come lisciare o spalmare\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManeggevolezza\u003c\/strong\u003e: La sua dimensione consente un uso facile e preciso\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulizia Facile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Progettata per una manutenzione semplice e veloce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLa Spatola Piatta da 11 cm di Patisse RVS è lo strumento indispensabile per finiture perfette e professionali in pasticceria!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32423030849578,"sku":"10371","price":3.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spatule-plate-11-cm-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772136431"},{"product_id":"spatule-coudee-pme-23-cm","title":"Spatola Angolata PME Cake - 23 cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eSpatola Piegata PME Cake - 23 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): spatola cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa Spatola Piegata PME Cake - 23 cm è un accessorio di cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per spatola cake design, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eGlassatura layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e applicazione uniforme di crema al burro, ganache e glassa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLisciatura drip cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura dei bordi prima della colata di cioccolato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione cupcake:\u003c\/strong\u003e creazione di motivi e rilievi su ganache montata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura torte nuziali:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura di precisione per torte da matrimonio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticcerie boutique:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento di riferimento per finiture professionali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per spatola piegata 23 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer finiture perfette, immergi la spatola in acqua calda tra una passata e l'altra sulla ganache. Il formato ergonomico PME Cake è adatto per lunghe sessioni di glassatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta le tue finiture con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/regle-de-glacage-en-inox-40cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna spatola per glassa in acciaio inox PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per pasta di zucchero, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/lisseur-pme-pate-a-sucre\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun lisciatore PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32423043268650,"sku":"PK1013","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spatule-coudee-pme-23-cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772136433"},{"product_id":"spatule-coudee-wilton-32-5-cm","title":"Spatole piegate 32,5 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSpatole Angolate Wilton - Spatola Comfort Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign\u003c\/strong\u003e: Spatola con impugnatura confortevole, ideale per una decorazione precisa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarca\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wilton, rinomata per i suoi strumenti da pasticceria di qualità\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLunghezza\u003c\/strong\u003e: 32,5 cm, che offre un’ottima portata e controllo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVantaggi\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLama Flessibile\u003c\/strong\u003e: Acciaio inossidabile ideale per stendere glassa e crema\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfort\u003c\/strong\u003e: Impugnatura ergonomica per una manipolazione facile e precisa\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecisione\u003c\/strong\u003e: Perfetta per rifiniture delicate e dettagliate nella decorazione di torte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulizia Facile\u003c\/strong\u003e: La struttura in acciaio inossidabile facilita il lavaggio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eRaggiungi la perfezione nelle tue decorazioni di torte con la Spatola Angolata Comfort Grip di Wilton, progettata per un comfort e una precisione senza pari in pasticceria!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39571380633642,"sku":"03-3121","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spatule-coudee-32-5cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772136448"},{"product_id":"lisseur-a-glacage-wilton","title":"Lisciatore per glassa Wilton","description":"\u003ch2\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLisseur per Glassa Wilton\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarca\u003c\/strong\u003e: Wilton, rinomata per i suoi strumenti da pasticceria di alta qualità\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLama\u003c\/strong\u003e: In acciaio inox, ideale per lisciare perfettamente le glasse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign\u003c\/strong\u003e: Appositamente progettato per torte di altezza standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensione Approssimativa\u003c\/strong\u003e: 22,8 x 7,6 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVantaggi\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Piatta\u003c\/strong\u003e: Garantisce una levigatura uniforme sulla parte superiore e sui lati della torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManico Confortevole\u003c\/strong\u003e: Progettato per un controllo preciso e una presa comoda\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrestazioni\u003c\/strong\u003e: Permette di ottenere finiture lisce e professionali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eManutenzione\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulizia Facile\u003c\/strong\u003e: L'acciaio inox assicura un'igiene ottimale e una manutenzione semplice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eOttieni superfici di torta lisce e impeccabili con il Lisseur per Glassa di Wilton, lo strumento indispensabile per finiture perfette in pasticceria!\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":32423138000938,"sku":"03-3106","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lisseur-a-glacage-wilton-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772136482"},{"product_id":"spatule-coudee-pme-33-cm","title":"Spatola Angolata PME Cake - 33 cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eSpatola Piegata PME Cake - 33 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): spatola cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa Spatola Piegata PME Cake - 33 cm è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per il cake design, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eGlassatura layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e applicazione uniforme di crema al burro, ganache e glassa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLisciatura drip cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura dei bordi prima della colata di cioccolato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione cupcake:\u003c\/strong\u003e creazione di motivi e rilievi su ganache montata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura torte nuziali:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura di precisione per torte da matrimonio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticcerie boutique:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento di riferimento per finiture professionali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per spatola piegata 33 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer finiture perfette, immergi la spatola in acqua calda tra una passata e l'altra sulla ganache. Il formato ergonomico PME Cake è adatto per lunghe sessioni di glassatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta le tue finiture con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/regle-de-glacage-en-inox-40cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna spatola per glassa in acciaio inox PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per pasta di zucchero, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/lisseur-pme-pate-a-sucre\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun lisciatore PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39271972470826,"sku":"PK1014","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spatule-coudee-pme-33-cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772136626"},{"product_id":"spatule-plate-pme-29-cm","title":"Spatola Piatta PME Cake - 29 cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eSpatola Piatta PME Cake - 29 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): spatola cake design per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa Spatola Piatta PME Cake - 29 cm è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per il cake design, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati esperti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello. Compatibile con: crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi da pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e crema al burro, ganache, glassa, royal icing\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eGlassatura layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e applicazione uniforme di crema al burro, ganache e glassa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLisciatura drip cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e finitura dei bordi prima della colata di cioccolato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione cupcake:\u003c\/strong\u003e creazione di motivi e rilievi su ganache montata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura torte nuziali:\u003c\/strong\u003e lisciatura di precisione per torte da matrimonio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticcerie boutique:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento di riferimento per finiture professionali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per spatola piatta 29 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer finiture perfette, immergi la spatola in acqua calda tra una passata e l'altra sulla ganache. Il formato ergonomico PME Cake è adatto per lunghe sessioni di glassatura.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Spatola cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare o plastica a seconda del modello\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta le tue finiture con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/regle-de-glacage-en-inox-40cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna spatola per glassa in acciaio inox PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per pasta di zucchero, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/lisseur-pme-pate-a-sucre\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun lisciatore PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39271975419946,"sku":"PK1012","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/spatule-plate-pme-29-cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772136628"},{"product_id":"lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-31-cm-patisse","title":"Lira per torta \/ Taglia pan di Spagna - 31 cm Patisse","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLiuta da torta - Taglia pan di Spagna :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa liuta da torta Patisse permette di tagliare pan di Spagna o Molly cake in strati uniformi. La piccola sega taglia con precisione riducendo così la quantità di briciole e difetti di livello.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDettagli e raccomandazioni :\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLa lama è regolabile in altezza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensioni: circa 31 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PATISSE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39273810001962,"sku":"PLY1764S","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/products\/lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-31-cm-patisse-patisse-1.jpg?v=1772136642"},{"product_id":"lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-46-cm-patisse","title":"Lira per torta \/ Tagliapasta per pan di spagna - 46 cm - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eLira per torta \/ Taglio pan di Spagna - 46 cm - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): lira per torta per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa Lira per torta \/ Taglio pan di Spagna - 46 cm - PME Cake è un accessorio di cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per lira per torta, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare. Compatibile con: pan di Spagna, biscotto, layer cake. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella vostra cassetta degli attrezzi del pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e lira per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inossidabile alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio orizzontale di pan di Spagna:\u003c\/strong\u003e taglio regolare di un biscotto in più dischi per layer cake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePreparazione di fraisier e entremets:\u003c\/strong\u003e ottenimento di strati uniformi per entremets a più strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMontaggio di wedding cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e taglio preciso degli strati di torte a più piani.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cake e layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e preparazione di biscotti perfettamente piatti per il montaggio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura professionale:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento di riferimento per pasticcerie boutique e cake designer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per lira per torta \/ taglio pan di Spagna - 46 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer strati di spessore perfetto, fissate la lira su una superficie piana e ruotate la torta invece della lira. PME Cake garantisce tagli regolari indispensabili per il montaggio di wedding cake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Lira per torta\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inossidabile alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer il montaggio, posizionate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun cake drum rigido\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE stendete la crema con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/spatule-coudee-pme-23-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna spatola piegata PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39273818226730,"sku":"CL18","price":10.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-46-cm-pme-1.jpg?v=1772136644"},{"product_id":"rouleau-de-papier-cire-wax-paper","title":"Rotolo di carta cerata - Carta cerata - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eRotolo di carta cerata - Wax Paper - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): rotolo di acetato alimentare per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Rotolo di carta cerata - Wax Paper - PME Cake è un accessorio di cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per rotolo di acetato alimentare, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: acetato alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, pasta di gomma, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella vostra cassetta degli attrezzi del pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e rotolo di acetato alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acetato alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCornici e bordi per dessert:\u003c\/strong\u003e bordi lisci per dessert e bavarese stampati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazioni in cioccolato temperato:\u003c\/strong\u003e supporto liscio per colare e decorare il cioccolato (nastri, sigarette, placchette).\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMousse e bavarese:\u003c\/strong\u003e tiraggio in altezza su dessert per uno sformaggio pulito.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCreme e inserti:\u003c\/strong\u003e stampaggio individuale di inserti per dessert a strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design pasticceria boutique:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento professionale per finiture nette e sformaggi perfetti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per rotolo di carta cerata - carta cerata\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eTagliate il film all'altezza esatta dello stampo per uno sformaggio pulito. Conservate gli scarti per piccoli inserti di dessert. PME Cake è un acetato alimentare approvato per il contatto diretto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Rotolo di acetato alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acetato alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eScoprite \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rhodoid-rouleau-acetate-alimentaire-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun altro formato di rotolo di acetato\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per le vostre decorazioni al cioccolato, completate con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-mini-tablettes-de-chocolat-pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euno stampo per cioccolato PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286304866346,"sku":"WP102","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/rouleau-de-papier-cire-wax-paper-pme-1.jpg?v=1772136822"},{"product_id":"tempereuse-a-chocolat-pme","title":"Temperatrice per cioccolato - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eTemperatrice per cioccolato - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): temperatrice per cioccolato per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa Temperatrice per cioccolato - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per temperare il cioccolato, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMateriale: materiale professionale. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, pasta di gomma, pasta di mandorle. Strumento di riferimento per il cake design professionale, da integrare nella tua cassetta degli attrezzi del pasticcere decoratore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e temperatrice per cioccolato\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e materiale professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTemperaggio del cioccolato di copertura:\u003c\/strong\u003e mantenimento a temperatura costante per cristallizzazione perfetta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eStampaggio di caramelle e tavolette:\u003c\/strong\u003e cioccolato lucido e croccante per confetteria professionale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCopertura di frutta secca e caramelle:\u003c\/strong\u003e strati sottili e regolari per immersione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazioni in cioccolato colato:\u003c\/strong\u003e preparazione di scaglie, sigarette e placche decorative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNegozi di cioccolateria:\u003c\/strong\u003e attrezzatura di riferimento per artigiani cioccolatieri.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per temperatrice per cioccolato\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eMantieni una temperatura stabile durante tutto il processo di temperaggio. L'attrezzatura PME Cake è progettata per un uso regolare in pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Temperatrice per cioccolato\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: materiale professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta la tua attrezzatura con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/moule-mini-tablettes-de-chocolat-pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euno stampo per mini tavolette PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE per le decorazioni, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/rhodoid-rouleau-acetate-alimentaire-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun rotolo di acetato alimentare\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39322662567978,"sku":"CM104","price":29.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/tempereuse-a-chocolat-pme-pme-1.jpg?v=1772137041"},{"product_id":"moule-rond-pme-o-15cm-x-7-5cm","title":"Stampo Rotondo PME Cake - Altezza 7,5cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eStampo Rotondo PME Cake - Altezza 7,5 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eStampo per torta in alluminio per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLo Stampo Rotondo PME Cake altezza 7,5 cm è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettato per la cottura di basi regolari, è destinato a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e amatori avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eMateriale: alluminio alimentare, conduttore termico ideale per una cottura uniforme e uno sformamento netto. Compatibile con génoise, biscotto, sponge cake, dacquoise e tutte le paste classiche. Questa referenza è disponibile in 13 diametri per soddisfare tutte le esigenze di produzione nel cake design, dalla torta singola alla wedding cake a più piani.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDiametri disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e13 opzioni tra cui scegliere, seleziona la tua tramite il selettore sopra:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(4, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e20 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e22,5 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e25 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e30 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e33 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e35 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e38 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e stampo per torta rotondo\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e alluminio alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAltezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7,5 cm, versatile per torte standard e entremet\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDiametri disponibili:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7,5, 10, 12,5, 15, 17,5, 20, 22,5, 25, 30, 33, 35, 38 e 40 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso:\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o amatore avanzato nel cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCottura di layer cake:\u003c\/strong\u003e base regolare, da tagliare poi con la lira.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eGénoise e biscotti:\u003c\/strong\u003e basi regolari per pasticceria da negozio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cakes strutturati:\u003c\/strong\u003e basi solide per forme a numero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte nuziali a più piani:\u003c\/strong\u003e diversi diametri per torte a più strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design per eventi:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento indispensabile per torte di compleanno e matrimonio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background:linear-gradient(135deg,#fdf5e0,#faf4e5);border:1px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:12px;padding:24px;margin-bottom:25px;position:relative;overflow:hidden\"\u003e\n      \u003cdiv style=\"position:absolute;top:0;left:0;width:100%;height:3px;background:linear-gradient(90deg,#d7b36a,#b98b35,#9a7220)\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003ch3 style=\"color:#2b2b2b;font-size:18px;margin:0 0 6px;font-weight:600\"\u003eAdatta la tua ricetta a questo stampo\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp style=\"color:#8a7a55;font-size:13px;font-style:italic;margin:0 0 20px\"\u003eCalcolatrice istantanea: inserisci i dati della tua ricetta originale e il diametro di questo stampo PME, le quantità si adattano in tempo reale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"color:#9a7220;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:2px;text-transform:uppercase;margin-bottom:14px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eStampo della tua ricetta originale\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv\u003e\n            \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eDiametro\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme75-src-d\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" oninput=\"pme75Calc()\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv\u003e\n            \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eAltezza dell'impasto\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme75-src-h\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" oninput=\"pme75Calc()\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv\u003e\n            \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eCottura\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme75-src-t\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" placeholder=\"0\" oninput=\"pme75Calc()\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003emin\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fbf9f3;border:1px solid #e8dcc4;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"color:#b98b35;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:2px;text-transform:uppercase;margin-bottom:14px;padding-bottom:10px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eIl tuo stampo PME\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv\u003e\n            \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eDiametro PME\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cselect id=\"pme75-tgt-d\" onchange=\"pme75Calc()\" style=\"width:100%;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;outline:none\"\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"7.5\"\u003e7,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"10\"\u003e10 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"12.5\"\u003e12,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"15\"\u003e15 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"17.5\"\u003e17,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"20\" selected\u003e20 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"22.5\"\u003e22,5 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"25\"\u003e25 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"30\"\u003e30 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"33\"\u003e33 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"35\"\u003e35 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"38\"\u003e38 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n              \u003coption value=\"40\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/option\u003e\n            \u003c\/select\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv\u003e\n            \u003clabel style=\"display:block;font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:5px\"\u003eAltezza dello stampo\u003c\/label\u003e\n            \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;align-items:center;background:#fdfaf2;border:1.5px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n\u003cinput id=\"pme75-tgt-h\" type=\"number\" min=\"0\" step=\"any\" value=\"7.5\" oninput=\"pme75Calc()\" style=\"flex:1;background:transparent;border:none;outline:none;padding:10px;font-family:inherit;font-size:14px;font-weight:600;color:#2b2b2b;min-width:0;width:100%\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"padding:0 10px 0 0;font-size:11px;font-weight:600;color:#9a7220\"\u003ecm\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:10px 0 0;font-size:11px;color:#8a7a55;font-style:italic\"\u003eQuesto stampo ha un'altezza totale di 7,5 cm (valore preimpostato).\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr 1fr;gap:12px;margin-bottom:14px\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003eRapporto\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv id=\"pme75-res-ratio\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003emoltiplicatore\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003eCottura\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv id=\"pme75-res-cuisson\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003eminuti stimati\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1.5px solid #d7b36a;border-radius:10px;padding:14px;text-align:center\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#9a7220;margin-bottom:6px\"\u003ePorzioni\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv id=\"pme75-res-parts\" style=\"font-size:24px;font-weight:700;color:#2b2b2b;line-height:1;letter-spacing:-0.5px\"\u003e-\u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:10px;color:#8a7a55;margin-top:4px\"\u003estima\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv style=\"background:#fff;border:1px solid #eadfcb;border-radius:10px;padding:18px 20px\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"font-size:11px;font-weight:600;letter-spacing:1.5px;text-transform:uppercase;color:#b98b35;margin-bottom:12px;padding-bottom:8px;border-bottom:1px solid #eadfcb\"\u003eEsempi di adattamento per 100 g di ingrediente originale\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display:grid;grid-template-columns:1fr 1fr;gap:10px\"\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di farina\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-farine\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di zucchero\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-sucre\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 g di burro\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-beurre\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e100 ml di latte\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-lait\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e3 uova\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-oeufs\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n          \u003cdiv style=\"display:flex;justify-content:space-between;align-items:center;padding:8px 12px;background:#fbf9f3;border-radius:6px\"\u003e\n            \u003cspan style=\"font-size:13px;color:#2b2b2b;font-weight:500\"\u003e10 g di lievito\u003c\/span\u003e\n            \u003cspan id=\"pme75-ex-levure\" style=\"font-size:14px;font-weight:700;color:#9a7220;font-family:'Courier New',monospace\"\u003e-\u003c\/span\u003e\n          \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin:14px 0 0;font-size:11px;color:#8a7a55;font-style:italic;text-align:center\"\u003ePer adattare una lista completa di ingredienti personalizzata, usa la nostra \u003ca href=\"\/it\/pages\/calculette\" style=\"color:#9a7220;font-weight:600;text-decoration:underline\"\u003ecalcolatrice completa\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per stampo rotondo 7,5 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer uno sformo pulito, imburra e infarina lo stampo prima di versare l'impasto (o usa carta da forno sul fondo + rivestimento delle pareti). Lo stampo PME in alluminio è adatto al forno tradizionale e ventilato. Evita la lavastoviglie aggressiva per preservare la brillantezza dell'alluminio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Stampo per torta rotondo\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: alluminio alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eAltezza: 7,5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePer tagliare orizzontalmente le tue torte a strati, usa \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/lyre-a-gateau-coupe-genoise-46-cm-patisse\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna lira per torte\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003ePresenta la tua creazione su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun cake drum rotondo\u003c\/a\u003e adatto al diametro scelto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eScopri l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ecollezione PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003cscript\u003e\nfunction pme75Calc(){\nfunction v(id){var e=document.getElementById(id);if(!e)return null;var x=parseFloat(e.value);return isNaN(x)?null:x;}\nfunction vol(d,h){if(!d||!h||d\u003c=0||h\u003c=0)return 0;return Math.PI*Math.pow(d\/2,2)*h;}\nvar vs=vol(v('pme75-src-d'),v('pme75-src-h'));\nvar vt=vol(v('pme75-tgt-d'),v('pme75-tgt-h'));\nvar rR=document.getElementById('pme75-res-ratio'),rC=document.getElementById('pme75-res-cuisson'),rP=document.getElementById('pme75-res-parts');\nvar exF=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-farine'),exS=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-sucre'),exB=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-beurre');\nvar exL=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-lait'),exO=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-oeufs'),exV=document.getElementById('pme75-ex-levure');\nif(vs\u003e0\u0026\u0026vt\u003e0){\nvar ratio=vt\/vs;\nrR.textContent='× '+ratio.toFixed(2);\nvar ts=v('pme75-src-t');\nif(ts\u0026\u0026ts\u003e0){rC.textContent=Math.round(ts*Math.pow(ratio,1\/3))+' min';}else{rC.textContent='-';}\nrP.textContent=Math.round(vt\/75);\nvar f=function(v,u){if(v\u003e=100)return Math.round(v)+' '+u;if(v\u003e=10)return (Math.round(v*10)\/10)+' '+u;return (Math.round(v*100)\/100)+' '+u;};\nexF.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');exS.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');exB.textContent=f(100*ratio,'g');\nexL.textContent=f(100*ratio,'ml');exV.textContent=f(10*ratio,'g');\nexO.textContent=(Math.round(3*ratio*10)\/10)+' œuf(s)';\n}else{\nrR.textContent='-';rC.textContent='-';rP.textContent='-';\nexF.textContent='-';exS.textContent='-';exB.textContent='-';exL.textContent='-';exO.textContent='-';exV.textContent='-';\n}\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"7.5cm","offer_id":48068067262803,"sku":"RND033","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"10cm","offer_id":39551023480874,"sku":"RND043","price":5.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"12.5cm","offer_id":39551023513642,"sku":"RND053","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm","offer_id":39551023546410,"sku":"RND063","price":7.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"17.5cm","offer_id":39551023579178,"sku":"RND073","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm","offer_id":39551023611946,"sku":"RND083","price":11.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"22.5cm","offer_id":39551023644714,"sku":"RND093","price":13.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25cm","offer_id":39551023677482,"sku":"RND103","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30cm","offer_id":39551023710250,"sku":"RND123","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"33cm","offer_id":48068067295571,"sku":"RND133","price":22.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"35cm","offer_id":48068067328339,"sku":"RND143","price":25.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"38cm","offer_id":48068067361107,"sku":"RND153","price":28.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"40cm","offer_id":48068067393875,"sku":"RND163","price":33.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/moule-pme-rond-hauteur-75cm-choisir-le-diametre-pme-1.jpg?v=1772137099"},{"product_id":"10-poches-a-douille-avec-douille-fineliner","title":"10 Sac à poche (con beccucci) Fineliner - Funcakes","description":"\u003ch2\u003e 10 Sac à Douille Fineliner con Beccuccio - FunCakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScoprite il kit Fineliner di FunCakes, una soluzione innovativa per tutti gli appassionati di pasticceria che desiderano perfezionare l'arte delle decorazioni fini e precise. Questo set comprende 10 sac à douille usa e getta dotati di beccucci chiudibili, appositamente progettati per realizzare decorazioni delicate come lettere, numeri e motivi dettagliati con grande facilità.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecisione Estrema\u003c\/strong\u003e : I beccucci offrono un'apertura di circa 0,8 mm, ideale per decorazioni fini e dettagliate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePronto all'Uso\u003c\/strong\u003e : Grazie a un sistema di beccuccio chiudibile che si posiziona automaticamente, questi sac à douille sono pronti all'uso per un'applicazione rapida e senza problemi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatilità\u003c\/strong\u003e : Perfetti per lavorare con decorazioni liquide per torte come il cioccolato. Possono essere riempiti in anticipo, conservati in frigorifero e persino riscaldati al microonde o a bagnomaria per un utilizzo flessibile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensioni :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSac à Douille\u003c\/strong\u003e : Circa 21 x 12 cm, offrendo una dimensione comoda per tutti i tipi di progetti di decorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApertura del Beccuccio\u003c\/strong\u003e : Circa 0,8 mm, garantendo una precisione senza pari nelle vostre creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eContenuto :\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluso in questo set, 10 sac à douille trasparenti e 10 beccucci chiudibili, fornendo tutto il necessario per iniziare immediatamente i vostri progetti di decorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSia che siate professionisti che cercano di aggiungere un tocco di raffinatezza alle vostre creazioni, sia che siate appassionati desiderosi di esplorare le infinite possibilità della decorazione di torte, il kit Fineliner di FunCakes è il vostro alleato ideale. Trasformate ogni torta in un'opera d'arte con precisione, facilità ed eleganza.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"data item content product.info.description\" id=\"dtails\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product attribute description\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"value\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39328688341034,"sku":"F85130","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/10-poches-a-douille-avec-douilles-fineliner-funcakes-fun-cakes-1.jpg?v=1772137112"},{"product_id":"pelle-a-gateau","title":"Pelle per torta in acciaio inossidabile - PME Cake","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003ePME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003ePaletta per torta in acciaio inox - PME Cake\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003ePME Cake (Regno Unito): paletta per torta in acciaio inox per pasticceria decorativa professionale\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLa paletta per torta in acciaio inox - PME Cake è un accessorio per cake design prodotto da PME Cake, marchio britannico di riferimento per gli strumenti di pasticceria decorativa e gli stampi alimentari. Progettata per paletta per torta in acciaio inox, è destinata a pasticceri professionisti, cake designer e appassionati avanzati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e Materiale: acciaio inox alimentare. Compatibile con: pasta di zucchero, gum paste, pasta di mandorle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 6px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003eDimensioni disponibili\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 14px 0; font-size: 13px; line-height: 1.5;\"\u003e3 opzioni tra cui scegliere, seleziona la tua tramite il selettore sopra:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"display: grid; grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr); gap: 8px;\"\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e20cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e25cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 6px; padding: 9px 12px; text-align: center; font-size: 13px; color: #2b2b2b; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e30cm\u003c\/div\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca :\u003c\/strong\u003e PME Cake (Premier Manufacturing, Regno Unito)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e paletta per torta in acciaio inox\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inossidabile alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDimensioni disponibili:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20cm, 25cm, 30cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso :\u003c\/strong\u003e professionale o appassionato avanzato di cake design\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fbf9f3; border: 1px solid #e8dcc4; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eServizio di fette di torta:\u003c\/strong\u003e taglio e servizio pulito di fette regolari per ricevimenti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCrostate e entremet:\u003c\/strong\u003e sollevamento di fette intatte senza rompere la decorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte nuziali e number cakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e servizio professionale per matrimoni ed eventi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticcerie boutique:\u003c\/strong\u003e strumento indispensabile per boutique e tea time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFinitura di servizio:\u003c\/strong\u003e presentazione curata dei dessert per la ristorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per paletta per torta in acciaio inox\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer servire fette intatte, immergi la paletta in acqua calda tra un servizio e l'altro. PME Cake è adatto per pasticcerie boutique e servizi per eventi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: PME Cake\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOrigine: Regno Unito\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eCategoria: Paletta per torta in acciaio inox\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inossidabile alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; border-radius: 8px; padding: 18px 22px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #8a6624; font-size: 16px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 10px; font-weight: 600;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #444444; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-size: 14px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per cake design PME:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eCompleta con \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/spatule-coudee-pme-23-cm\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003euna spatola piegata PME\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE presentate su \u003ca href=\"\/it\/products\/cake-drum-rond-blanc-choisir-la-taille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eun cake drum solido\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003eE trova l'intera \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/pme\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline;\"\u003emarca PME Cake\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"PME Cake","offers":[{"title":"20cm","offer_id":47418007224659,"sku":"LT08","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"25cm","offer_id":47418007257427,"sku":"LT10","price":15.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"30cm","offer_id":47418007290195,"sku":"LT12","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/pelle-a-gateau-en-acier-inoxydable-choisir-la-taille-pme-1.png?v=1772137685"},{"product_id":"30-poches-a-douille-wilton-30cm","title":"12 Sac à Douille Wilton - 30cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003e12 Sacchetti da Pasticcere Wilton 30 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eSet di 12 sacchetti da pasticcere usa e getta in plastica alimentare\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl set di 12 Sacchetti da Pasticcere Wilton 30 cm è progettato per pasticceri professionisti e appassionati avanzati che privilegiano l'igiene e la rapidità di produzione. Plastica alimentare flessibile e resistente, pretagliata per un uso immediato senza preparazione. Formato da 30 cm adatto alla maggior parte dei progetti di cake design: cupcake, torte a strati, macarons, bignè ed éclair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfezione da 12 unità: uso singolo per preparazione per evitare contaminazioni incrociate tra sapori e colori. Compatibile con tutte le bocchette standard Wilton, PME, JEM, Colour Mill e tutti gli adattatori per bocchette classici.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003ePunti di forza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSet da 12 unità:\u003c\/strong\u003e formato pratico per produzioni regolari.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFormato 30 cm:\u003c\/strong\u003e versatile per progetti vari di cake design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePlastica alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e flessibile, resistente alla pressione, senza trasferimento di sapore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso singolo:\u003c\/strong\u003e igiene massima tra le preparazioni, nessuna pulizia necessaria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità universale:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatibile con tutte le bocchette e adattatori standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eQuantità:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 sacchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLunghezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica alimentare flessibile\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUtilizzo:\u003c\/strong\u003e uso singolo\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e bocchette standard Wilton, PME, JEM, Colour Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake signature:\u003c\/strong\u003e rosette di crema al burro come topping, formato pratico da tenere con una mano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e copertura e bordi sul perimetro delle torte.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMacarons:\u003c\/strong\u003e formatura delle cupole sulla teglia, dimensione adatta per pasticceria artigianale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBignè ed éclair:\u003c\/strong\u003e formatura della pasta choux sulla teglia e farcitura tramite iniezione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eProduzioni intensive:\u003c\/strong\u003e set per serie di cupcake, torte a strati e dessert in pasticceria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserite la bocchetta in un sacchetto da pasticcere vuoto, con l'estremità verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e tagliate l'estremità del sacchetto all'altezza della base della bocchetta per un adattamento perfetto, né troppo largo né troppo stretto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempite il sacchetto per due terzi con il vostro composto (crema al burro, ganache montata, panna stabilizzata), eliminate l'aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePasticciatura:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenete il sacchetto verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premete con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquate immediatamente dopo l'uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eConservazione\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin: 0;\"\u003eConservare al riparo dalla luce solare diretta e da fonti di calore. Conservare disteso in un luogo asciutto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per una pasticciatura regolare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer una pasticciatura perfetta senza bolle d'aria: 1\/ non riempite mai il sacchetto oltre i due terzi (l'aria intrappolata in un sacchetto troppo pieno fa scoppiare la crema), 2\/ eliminate sempre l'aria verso la punta prima di chiudere la parte superiore, 3\/ tenete il sacchetto saldamente tra pollice e indice per impedire alla crema di risalire, 4\/ applicate la pressione con il palmo della mano, non con le dita (la pressione sarà più regolare). Per pasticciature lunghe, fissate la parte superiore del sacchetto con una clip di plastica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eQuantità: 12 sacchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eLunghezza: 30 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica alimentare flessibile\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eUtilizzo: uso singolo\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per la pasticciatura:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Esplora i nostri \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esacchetti da pasticcere\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Trova la bocchetta giusta nel nostro reparto \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebocchette da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39417859113002,"sku":"03-3111","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/12-poches-a-douille-wilton-30cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138001"},{"product_id":"semelle-gateau-ronde-silver-choix-taille","title":"Base per torta rotonda argento (scegli la misura)","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\n.patissland-accordions { max-width: 100%; margin: 32px 0; font-family: inherit; color: #2b2b2b; }\n.patissland-accordion { border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 14px; margin-bottom: 12px; background: #fff; overflow: hidden; }\n.patissland-accordion summary { cursor: pointer; list-style: none; padding: 18px 22px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 16px; color: #2b2b2b; display: flex; align-items: center; justify-content: space-between; gap: 16px; }\n.patissland-accordion summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.patissland-accordion summary::after { content: \"+\"; width: 28px; height: 28px; min-width: 28px; border-radius: 50%; background: #d7b36a; color: #fff; display: inline-flex; align-items: center; justify-content: center; font-size: 20px; line-height: 1; font-weight: 500; }\n.patissland-accordion[open] summary::after { content: \"−\"; }\n.patissland-accordion-content { padding: 0 22px 22px; font-size: 15px; line-height: 1.75; color: #444; }\n.patissland-accordion-content p { margin: 0 0 14px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ul { margin: 8px 0 0; padding-left: 20px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content li { margin-bottom: 8px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ol { margin: 8px 0 0; padding-left: 22px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content ol li { margin-bottom: 8px; }\n.patissland-accordion-content a { color: #b98b35; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 600; }\n.patissland-accordion-content a:hover { color: #8a6624; }\n.patissland-highlight { color: #b98b35; font-weight: 700; }\n@media (max-width: 768px) {\n  .patissland-accordion summary { padding: 16px 18px; font-size: 15px; }\n  .patissland-accordion-content { padding: 0 18px 20px; font-size: 14px; }\n}\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003ch1\u003eBase per Torta Rotonda Argentata 3 mm – Cake Board Fun Cakes\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDai alle tue pasticcerie la finitura di una vetrina con la nostra \u003cstrong\u003ebase per torta rotonda argentata\u003c\/strong\u003e di \u003cspan class=\"patissland-highlight\"\u003e3 mm di spessore\u003c\/span\u003e. Progettato per pasticceri amatoriali esigenti e professionisti del cake design, questo \u003cstrong\u003eCake Board\u003c\/strong\u003e rotondo firmato Fun Cakes offre una base rigida, pulita ed elegante per entremets, crostate, layer cake leggeri e torte di compleanno. La sua finitura metallica goffrata cattura la luce e valorizza immediatamente le decorazioni, senza competere con il soggetto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDisponibile in \u003cstrong\u003e11 diametri da Ø 10 cm a Ø 35 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e, questa base rotonda si adatta a tutti i tuoi formati, dal mini entremets individuale alla grande torta familiare. Ideale per presentazione, trasporto e servizio, questo supporto sottile resta discreto sotto la torta garantendo un sostegno perfetto. Per pezzi pesanti (pasta di zucchero spessa, montaggi a più piani), scopri i nostri \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cake-drum\" title=\"Cake Drum 12 mm Patissland\"\u003eCake Drum da 12 mm\u003c\/a\u003e, più rigidi e portanti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordions\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\" open\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003ePerché scegliere un Cake Board argentato da 3 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eLo spessore di 3 mm è il formato di riferimento per torte leggere e medie. Più rigido di un semplice cartoncino, questo \u003cstrong\u003esupporto per torta argentato\u003c\/strong\u003e evita flessioni e crepe durante lo spostamento, la glassatura o il servizio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinitura professionale:\u003c\/strong\u003e rivestimento in alluminio goffrato che riflette sottilmente la luce e valorizza i colori delle glassature, ganache e decorazioni in pasta di zucchero.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigidità controllata:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm di cartone compresso ad alta densità per un sostegno stabile di entremets, mousse, bavarese e crostate senza appesantire visivamente la presentazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscrezione sotto la torta:\u003c\/strong\u003e abbastanza sottile da non rompere le proporzioni, ideale quando la torta è l’elemento centrale (nessun bordo visibile antiestetico).\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtezione alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e pellicola argentata impermeabilizzata, resistente ai grassi delle creme al burro e all’umidità dei bavarese.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRiutilizzabile:\u003c\/strong\u003e basta una spugna umida se la superficie non è stata incisa dalla lama del coltello.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eQuesto formato è ideale per scoprire l'universo del \u003cstrong\u003ecake design\u003c\/strong\u003e o per attrezzare un laboratorio con supporti di presentazione versatili. Per approfondire la decorazione, esplora le nostre \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/pate-a-sucre-en-rouleau\" title=\"Pâte à sucre en rouleau\"\u003epaste di zucchero in rotolo\u003c\/a\u003e e i nostri \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cake-design\" title=\"Matériel cake design Patissland\"\u003estampi e accessori per cake design\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eGuida alle taglie: scegliere il diametro giusto\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIl consiglio giusto è prendere una \u003cstrong\u003ebase 2-4 cm più larga della torta\u003c\/strong\u003e. Questo facilita la manipolazione senza toccare la glassa e lascia spazio per una decorazione sul bordo (perle, nastro, fiori).\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ 10 a 15 cm :\u003c\/strong\u003e mini dessert individuali, torte da viaggio, porzioni singole per vetrina o buffet dolce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ 17,5 a 22,5 cm :\u003c\/strong\u003e formati più versatili, perfetti per dessert familiari da 6 a 8 porzioni e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/layer-cake\" title=\"Materiale layer cake Patissland\"\u003elayer cake\u003c\/a\u003e leggeri in 2-3 piani sottili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ 25 a 27,5 cm :\u003c\/strong\u003e grandi torte di compleanno da 10 a 12 porzioni, crostate generose, cheesecake tipo San Sebastian.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eØ 30,5 a 35 cm :\u003c\/strong\u003e grandi dessert da ricevimento, base intermedia per alcune composizioni, presentazione buffet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePer ricette adatte a questi formati, dai un’occhiata alle nostre guide come la \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-du-molly-cake-vanille\" title=\"Ricetta del Molly Cake alla vaniglia\"\u003ericetta del Molly Cake alla vaniglia\u003c\/a\u003e, base ideale per layer cake posati su Cake Board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eQuale spessore scegliere: 3 mm o 12 mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eÈ la domanda che si pongono quasi tutti i principianti nel cake design. La risposta dipende dal \u003cstrong\u003epeso della torta\u003c\/strong\u003e e dall'\u003cstrong\u003easpetto visivo\u003c\/strong\u003e desiderato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake Board 3 mm (questa scheda) :\u003c\/strong\u003e dessert, mousse, bavarese, crostate, cheesecake, torte di compleanno semplici, layer cake sottili. Discreto, economico, perfetto quando la torta è l'elemento visivo principale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCake Drum 12 mm :\u003c\/strong\u003e Wedding Cakes, creazioni in pasta di zucchero, torte a piani. Lo spessore elevato crea una base visiva marcata e sostiene carichi pesanti. Vedi la nostra sezione dedicata \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cake-drum\" title=\"Collezione Cake Drum 12 mm\"\u003eCake Drum 12 mm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eConsiglio da laboratorio: su una torta a piani, spesso si combinano entrambi. Il \u003cstrong\u003eCake Drum 12 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e serve da base principale, e ogni piano poggia su un \u003cstrong\u003eCake Board 3 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e intermedio per garantire stabilità e facilitare il taglio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003ePer le creazioni totalmente decorative (vetrina, foto, matrimonio), considera anche i \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/collections\/cake-dummies\" title=\"Cake Dummies polistirene Patissland\"\u003eCake Dummies in polistirene\u003c\/a\u003e che simulano i piani senza pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTipo :\u003c\/strong\u003e supporto per torta sottile (Cake Board \/ Cake Card).\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForma :\u003c\/strong\u003e rotonda.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpessore :\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColore :\u003c\/strong\u003e argento lucido, motivo goffrato testurizzato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMateriale :\u003c\/strong\u003e cartone compresso ad alta densità con rivestimento in alluminio idoneo al contatto alimentare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiametri disponibili :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø 10 \/ 12,5 \/ 15 \/ 17,5 \/ 20 \/ 22,5 \/ 25 \/ 27,5 \/ 30,5 \/ 33 \/ 35 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fun Cakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfezione:\u003c\/strong\u003e singola.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003eConsigli per l’uso e la manutenzione\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n      \u003col\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreparazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e posiziona il Cake Board su un piatto girevole per facilitare la glassatura e la decorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePosizionamento della torta:\u003c\/strong\u003e metti una punta sottile di glassa o cioccolato fuso al centro della base per “fissare” la torta ed evitare che scivoli durante il trasporto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eServizio:\u003c\/strong\u003e preferisci una \u003cstrong\u003espatola da servizio\u003c\/strong\u003e a un coltello seghettato per preservare il film argentato e poter riutilizzare la base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e passa una spugna umida con un po’ di detersivo per piatti, poi asciuga immediatamente. Non immergere, non lavare in lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConservazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e conserva le basi distese, in un luogo asciutto, al riparo dall’umidità per preservare la rigidità del cartone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003c\/ol\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eCerchi idee di torte da posare sopra? Ispirati con la nostra \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/blogs\/blog-de-recettes-patissland\/recette-du-san-sebastian-cheesecake\" title=\"Recette du San Sebastian Cheesecake\"\u003ericetta del San Sebastian Cheesecake\u003c\/a\u003e, che rende particolarmente bene su un fondo argentato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n    \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFAQ – Base tonda argentata per torte\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQual è la differenza tra una base (Cake Board) e un vassoio spesso (Cake Drum)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eIl Cake Board da 3 mm è ideale per torte leggere, crostate e dessert al piatto: rimane discreto sotto la torta e offre la rigidità giusta. Il Cake Drum da 12 mm, molto più spesso e portante, è indispensabile per torte a più piani, Wedding Cakes e composizioni in pasta di zucchero.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCome scegliere la dimensione della mia base rispetto alla torta?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eLa regola classica è scegliere una base \u003cstrong\u003e2-4 cm più larga\u003c\/strong\u003e del diametro della torta. Questo permette di maneggiare il supporto senza toccare la glassa e lascia un margine decorativo (perle, nastro, fiori) che valorizza visivamente la torta.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIl supporto è resistente al grasso e all’umidità?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eSì. Il rivestimento argentato è impermeabilizzato: non teme né il grasso delle creme al burro né l’umidità dei bavarese o delle mousse. Il cartone non si ammorbidisce in condizioni normali d’uso, a patto di non lasciarlo in ammollo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePosso tagliare la mia torta direttamente sulla base?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eÈ assolutamente possibile. Per preservare la base e riutilizzarla, evitate coltelli seghettati troppo affilati che graffiano il film argentato. Una spatola da servizio o un coltello liscio vanno benissimo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n      \u003cdetails class=\"patissland-accordion\"\u003e\n        \u003csummary\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuesta base è adatta a una torta a strati?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/summary\u003e\n        \u003cdiv class=\"patissland-accordion-content\"\u003e\n          \u003cp\u003eSì, per una torta a strati leggera o media (1 a 3 strati sottili tipo Molly Cake o pan di Spagna farcito). Per una torta a strati molto alta, pesante, o ricoperta da uno spesso strato di pasta di zucchero, si preferisce un Cake Drum di 12 mm come base e dei Cake Boards di 3 mm come supporti intermedi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n      \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FUN CAKES","offers":[{"title":"Ø10CM","offer_id":39516055961642,"sku":"F80600","price":0.89,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø12,5CM","offer_id":39516056977450,"sku":"F80605","price":0.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø15CM","offer_id":39419778367530,"sku":"F80610","price":1.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø17,5CM","offer_id":39475350667306,"sku":"F80615","price":1.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø20CM","offer_id":39419778433066,"sku":"F80620","price":1.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø22,5CM","offer_id":39516059140138,"sku":"F80625","price":1.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø25CM","offer_id":39419778465834,"sku":"F80630","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø27,5CM","offer_id":39496818360362,"sku":"F80635","price":2.29,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø30,5CM","offer_id":39516186017834,"sku":"F80640","price":2.39,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø33CM","offer_id":39539198591018,"sku":"F80645","price":2.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø35CM","offer_id":39628072845354,"sku":"F80650","price":2.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/semelle-a-gateau-ronde-silver-choisir-la-taille-fun-cakes-1.png?v=1772138120"},{"product_id":"douilles-1m-2d-2a","title":"Bussole #1M, #2D, #2A","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eSet da 3 Beccucci Stella Wilton - #1M, #2D, #2A\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eSet di 3 beccucci assortiti Wilton, formati complementari per diverse decorazioni\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eQuesto set da 3 beccucci Wilton include i modelli #1M, #2D, #2A, un assortimento di stelle per rosette su cupcake, bordi scanalati e decorazioni strutturate. Tutti i beccucci sono in acciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale, formato standard americano Wilton, compatibili con sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore per beccuccio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeale per iniziare nel cake design o per completare un set esistente: ogni numero ha la sua specialità e l’insieme copre una vasta gamma di decorazioni tipiche riconosciute in tutti i manuali Wilton. Compatibile con lavastoviglie per un uso intensivo in laboratorio di pasticceria o in cucina domestica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003ePunti di forza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSet da 3 beccucci assortiti:\u003c\/strong\u003e modelli #1M, #2D, #2A per coprire una gamma completa di decorazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eAcciaio inox alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e qualità professionale, resistente alla pressione senza deformazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità universale:\u003c\/strong\u003e sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore per beccuccio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFormato standard Wilton:\u003c\/strong\u003e riferimento mondiale nel cake design, documentato in tutti i manuali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibile con lavastoviglie:\u003c\/strong\u003e facile manutenzione per uso intensivo in pasticceria o in casa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eModelli inclusi:\u003c\/strong\u003e #1M, #2D, #2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumero di pezzi:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 beccucci\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavabile a mano e in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCon il #1M (stella aperta larga):\u003c\/strong\u003e decorazione a spirale tipica, lo standard mondiale per cupcake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCon il #2D (fiore a goccia):\u003c\/strong\u003e rosetta compatta a forma di fiore, in un unico movimento verticale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCon il #2A (tondo):\u003c\/strong\u003e decorazione a colonna per cupcake, finitura liscia e pulita.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eIstruzioni per l’uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserire il beccuccio in un sac à poche vuoto, con la punta rivolta verso l’esterno.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e tagliare l’estremità del sac à poche all’altezza della base del beccuccio per un adattamento perfetto, né troppo largo né troppo stretto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempire il sac à poche per due terzi con la crema (burro, ganache montata, panna stabilizzata), eliminare l’aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenere il sac à poche verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premere con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquare immediatamente dopo l’uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per sfruttare al meglio questo set\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eCon questo set da 3 beccucci potete affrontare l’essenziale delle decorazioni cake design alternando i modelli a seconda del progetto: i beccucci sottili (#1M) per dettagli e scritte, i beccucci larghi per decorazioni voluminose e bordi. Etichettate ogni beccuccio con il suo numero usando un pennarello indelebile su una piccola etichetta: pratico per ritrovarli rapidamente durante la produzione.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eSet: 3 beccucci\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eModelli: #1M, #2D, #2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eManutenzione: compatibile con lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo set di attrezzature per decorazioni:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L’intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Scopri i nostri \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebeccucci da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e di tutte le forme e marche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Completa con le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esac à poche\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39431045054506,"sku":"02-0-0144","price":6.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/douilles-1m-2d-2a-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138203"},{"product_id":"24-poches-a-douille-wilton-30cm","title":"24 Sac à Douille Wilton - 30cm","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003e24 Sacchetti da Pasticcere Wilton 30 cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eSet di 24 sacchetti usa e getta in plastica alimentare\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl set di 24 Sacchetti da Pasticcere Wilton 30 cm è progettato per pasticceri professionisti e appassionati avanzati che privilegiano l'igiene e la rapidità di produzione. Plastica alimentare flessibile e resistente, pretagliata per un uso immediato senza preparazione. Formato 30 cm adatto alla maggior parte dei progetti di cake design: cupcake, torte a strati, macarons, bignè ed éclair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfezione da 24 pezzi: uso singolo per preparazione per evitare contaminazioni incrociate tra sapori e colori. Compatibile con tutte le bocchette standard Wilton, PME, JEM, Colour Mill e tutti gli adattatori per bocchette classici.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003ePunti di forza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eSet da 24 pezzi:\u003c\/strong\u003e formato pratico per produzioni regolari.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFormato 30 cm:\u003c\/strong\u003e versatile per progetti vari di cake design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePlastica alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e flessibile, resistente alla pressione, senza trasferimento di sapore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso singolo:\u003c\/strong\u003e massima igiene tra le preparazioni, nessuna pulizia necessaria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità universale:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatibile con tutte le bocchette e adattatori standard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eQuantità:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 sacchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eLunghezza:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica alimentare flessibile\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eUso:\u003c\/strong\u003e monouso\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e bocchette standard Wilton, PME, JEM, Colour Mill\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake signature:\u003c\/strong\u003e rosette di crema al burro come topping, formato pratico da tenere con una mano.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorte a strati:\u003c\/strong\u003e copertura e bordi sul perimetro delle torte.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMacarons:\u003c\/strong\u003e formatura delle calotte sulla teglia, dimensione adatta per pasticceria artigianale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBignè ed éclair:\u003c\/strong\u003e formatura della pasta choux sulla teglia e farcitura tramite iniezione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eProduzioni intensive:\u003c\/strong\u003e set per serie di cupcake, torte a strati e dessert in pasticceria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserire la bocchetta in un sacchetto da pasticcere vuoto, con l'estremità verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e tagliare l'estremità del sacchetto all'altezza della base della bocchetta per un adattamento perfetto, né troppo largo né troppo stretto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempire il sacchetto per due terzi con il composto (crema al burro, ganache montata, panna stabilizzata), eliminare l'aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePochage:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenere il sacchetto verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premere con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquare immediatamente dopo l'uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eConservazione\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin: 0;\"\u003eConservare al riparo dalla luce solare diretta e da fonti di calore. Conservare distesi in un luogo asciutto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per un pochage regolare\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer un pochage perfetto senza bolle d'aria: 1\/ non riempire mai il sacchetto oltre i due terzi (l'aria intrappolata in un sacchetto troppo pieno fa scoppiare la crema), 2\/ eliminare sempre l'aria verso la punta prima di chiudere la parte superiore, 3\/ tenere il sacchetto saldamente tra pollice e indice per impedire alla crema di risalire, 4\/ applicare la pressione con il palmo della mano, non con le dita (la pressione sarà più regolare). Per pochage lunghi, fissare la parte superiore del sacchetto con una clip di plastica.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eQuantità: 24 sacchetti\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eLunghezza: 30 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica alimentare flessibile\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eUso: monouso\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per il pochage:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Esplora i nostri \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esacchetti da pasticcere\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Trova la bocchetta giusta nel nostro reparto \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebocchette da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39431102005290,"sku":"02-0-0018","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/24-poches-a-douille-wilton-30cm-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138252"},{"product_id":"attaches-pour-poches-a-douilles","title":"Fermagli per Tasche a Bussola","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eFermagli in plastica per sac à poche Wilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eClip in plastica per chiudere ermeticamente le sac à poche riempite\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eI Fermagli Wilton sono clip in plastica alimentare progettati per chiudere ermeticamente le sac à poche riempite. Indispensabili per impedire che la crema al burro, la ganache montata o la panna stabilizzata risalgano sul retro della sac à poche durante la decorazione, e per conservare una sac à poche aperta per diverse ore senza travasi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRiutilizzabili, lavabili in lavastoviglie, compatibili con tutte le sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili sul mercato. Un essenziale per i pasticceri di negozio che producono in serie cupcake e torte a strati: la sac à poche rimane pulita e la pressione di decorazione resta costante.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003ePunti di forza\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eChiusura ermetica:\u003c\/strong\u003e impedisce alla crema di risalire sul retro della sac à poche durante la decorazione.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePlastica alimentare:\u003c\/strong\u003e senza trasferimento di sapore o odore alle preparazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiutilizzabili:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavabili in lavastoviglie, lunga durata.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConservazione sac à poche aperta:\u003c\/strong\u003e mantiene una sac à poche riempita per diverse ore senza travasi.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità universale:\u003c\/strong\u003e funzionano con tutte le sac à poche sul mercato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip di chiusura per sac à poche\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e plastica alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e tutte le sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavabili a mano e in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione a lunga durata:\u003c\/strong\u003e produzione in serie di cupcake e torte a strati senza perdite sul retro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eConservazione sac à poche aperta:\u003c\/strong\u003e refrigerare una sac à poche riempita ermeticamente fino a 24 ore.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione ad alta pressione:\u003c\/strong\u003e chiusura netta che resiste alla forte pressione applicata sulla parte superiore della sac à poche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eProduzioni multicolore:\u003c\/strong\u003e preparare in anticipo più sac à poche colorate, chiuse in attesa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake designer freelance:\u003c\/strong\u003e trasporto di sac à poche preparate in anticipo verso il luogo di lavoro.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento sac à poche:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempite la sac à poche per due terzi con la vostra preparazione, eliminate l'aria verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTorcimento superiore:\u003c\/strong\u003e torcete la parte superiore della sac à poche per comprimere la preparazione verso la punta e creare una zona vuota da chiudere con il fermaglio.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eApplicazione del fermaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserite il fermaglio sulla zona torcigliata, premete per chiuderlo ermeticamente.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eVerifica:\u003c\/strong\u003e controllate che nessuna crema possa risalire premendo con forza sulla sac à poche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimuovete il fermaglio dopo l'uso, sciacquatelo con acqua calda. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per sac à poche senza perdite\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003ePer produzioni senza perdite sul retro della sac à poche: riempite la sac à poche al massimo per due terzi (la pressione su una sac à poche troppo piena fa scoppiare la chiusura), eliminate bene l'aria prima di chiudere, torcete la parte superiore su più giri per creare una chiusura ermetica. Il fermaglio si posiziona sulla parte torcigliata, non sulla parte riempita. Per produzioni in serie, preparate 3-4 sac à poche in anticipo, chiuse e conservate al fresco: risparmierete tempo nei cambi di colore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eTipo: fermagli\/clip per sac à poche\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: plastica alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per la decorazione:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Esplora le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esac à poche\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Trova la bocchetta giusta nel nostro reparto \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebocchette per pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39431108395050,"sku":"02-0-0185","price":4.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/attaches-pour-poches-a-douilles-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138256"},{"product_id":"douille-1b-wilton","title":"Beccuccio Fiori #1B","description":"\u003cdiv style=\"font-family: 'Montserrat', Arial, sans-serif; color: #444444; background-color: #faf7f0; padding: 20px; border-radius: 8px;\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"text-align: center; padding: 28px 20px 24px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-bottom: 2px solid #b98b35; background-color: transparent;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 13px; font-weight: 500; letter-spacing: 4px; text-transform: uppercase; margin: 0 0 12px 0;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 22px; font-weight: 600; margin: 0 0 6px 0; line-height: 1.3;\"\u003eBeccuccio Wilton #1B - Fiore a goccia 6 petali\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a7a55; font-size: 13px; font-style: italic; margin: 0; letter-spacing: 1px;\"\u003eBeccuccio fiore a goccia 6 petali per fiori in un solo movimento\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 25px; line-height: 1.6;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIl Beccuccio Wilton #1B è un beccuccio da pasticceria in acciaio inox formato standard americano, firma del marchio Wilton, riferimento mondiale nel cake design dal 1929. Profilo fiore a goccia 6 petali per fiori a goccia 6 petali: fiori in un solo movimento, compatibile con tutte le sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAcciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale: il beccuccio mantiene la sua forma sotto pressione, non si deforma nel tempo e resta compatibile con la lavastoviglie per un uso intensivo in laboratorio di pasticceria o in cucina domestica esigente. Il riferimento #1B è documentato in tutti i manuali Wilton e riconosciuto da tutti i cake designer professionisti formati al sistema Wilton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eCaratteristiche tecniche\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMarca:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiferimento Wilton:\u003c\/strong\u003e #1B\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTipo di beccuccio:\u003c\/strong\u003e fiore a goccia 6 petali\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eFamiglia:\u003c\/strong\u003e fiore a goccia\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e acciaio inox alimentare di qualità professionale\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCompatibilità:\u003c\/strong\u003e sac à poche usa e getta e riutilizzabili, con o senza adattatore\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eManutenzione:\u003c\/strong\u003e lavabile a mano e in lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eApplicazioni consigliate\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCupcake con fiori a goccia:\u003c\/strong\u003e fiori in rilievo sul topping, in un solo movimento verticale.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eBordi floreali:\u003c\/strong\u003e volant di fiori regolari sul bordo di torte a strati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCake design floreale:\u003c\/strong\u003e campi di fiori in crema al burro per torte nuziali.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 12px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eNumber cakes floreali:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempimento con piccoli fiori allineati.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; font-size: 18px; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eCorone floreali:\u003c\/strong\u003e decorazioni a corona per torte nuziali primaverili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #ffffff; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px; margin-bottom: 25px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #2b2b2b; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px;\"\u003eModalità d'uso\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003col style=\"padding-left: 22px; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eInstallazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e inserite il beccuccio in una sac à poche vuota, con la punta rivolta verso l'estremità.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eTaglio:\u003c\/strong\u003e tagliate l'estremità della sac à poche all'altezza della base del beccuccio per un adattamento perfetto, né troppo largo né troppo stretto.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eRiempimento:\u003c\/strong\u003e riempite la sac à poche per due terzi con il vostro composto (crema al burro, ganache montata, panna montata stabilizzata), eliminate l'aria premendo verso la punta.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003eDecorazione:\u003c\/strong\u003e tenete la sac à poche verticalmente a 1 cm dalla superficie, premete con un movimento regolare secondo il motivo desiderato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong style=\"color: #2b2b2b;\"\u003ePulizia:\u003c\/strong\u003e sciacquate immediatamente dopo l'uso con acqua calda e sapone. Compatibile con lavastoviglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ol\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiglio Patissland per il beccuccio Wilton #1B\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0;\"\u003eIl beccuccio fiore a goccia crea un fiore in un solo movimento verticale. Appoggiate la punta sulla superficie, premete senza ruotare per un fiore strutturato, oppure ruotate leggermente la sac à poche di un ottavo di giro per petali a spirale. La regolarità dipende da una crema al burro ben stabilizzata con meringa svizzera.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #fdf5e0; border-left: 4px solid #b98b35; padding: 15px 20px; margin-bottom: 25px; border-radius: 0 8px 8px 0;\"\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0 0 10px 0; font-weight: 500;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInformazioni sul prodotto\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"color: #8a6624; margin: 0; padding-left: 18px; line-height: 1.7;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMarca: Wilton (Stati Uniti)\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eRiferimento: #1B\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eTipo: Fiore a goccia 6 petali\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMateriale: acciaio inox alimentare\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eManutenzione: compatibile con lavastoviglie\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv style=\"background-color: #faf4e5; border: 1px solid #eadfcb; border-radius: 12px; padding: 20px;\"\u003e\n        \u003ch3 style=\"color: #b98b35; font-size: 18px; margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 15px; text-transform: uppercase;\"\u003ePer approfondire\u003c\/h3\u003e\n        \u003cp style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003eCompleta il tuo materiale per decorazione e sac à poche:\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cul style=\"list-style-type: none; padding-left: 0; margin: 0;\"\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e L'intera gamma \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/wilton\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003eWilton\u003c\/a\u003e su Patissland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"margin-bottom: 10px;\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Scopri i nostri \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/douilles\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003ebeccucci da pasticceria\u003c\/a\u003e di tutte le forme e marche.\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli style=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #d7b36a; margin-right: 8px;\"\u003e•\u003c\/span\u003e Completa con le nostre \u003ca href=\"\/it\/collections\/poches-a-douille\" style=\"color: #8a6624; text-decoration: underline; font-weight: 500;\"\u003esac à poche\u003c\/a\u003e usa e getta e riutilizzabili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39443181961258,"sku":"02-0-0222","price":1.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/douille-fleurs-1b-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138316"},{"product_id":"2-mini-bouteilles-pour-melts","title":"Set\/2 Bottiglie per Melts","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Bottiglie per Melts:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDescrizione:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUn accessorio indispensabile per sciogliere pistole Candy Melts o cioccolato, che permette di dosare e conservare con precisione il liquido ottenuto. Per utilizzarlo, basta riscaldare la bottiglia in una ciotola di acqua calda.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCaratteristiche:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMateriale:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastica resistente, adatta al contatto con gli alimenti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacità:\u003c\/strong\u003e 168 g (6 oz) per bottiglia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantità:\u003c\/strong\u003e Set di 2 bottiglie.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eVantaggi:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePratico:\u003c\/strong\u003e Facilita il processo di scioglimento e dosaggio di Candy Melts o cioccolato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideale per decorare torte, cupcake e altri dolci.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRiutilizzabile:\u003c\/strong\u003e Progettato per essere usato più volte, facile da pulire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eUtilizzi:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQueste bottiglie sono perfette per pasticceri e appassionati di cioccolateria, permettendo di:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFar sciogliere facilmente Candy Melts o cioccolato.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose precise di cioccolato fuso per decorare le tue creazioni.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConservare il cioccolato liquido avanzato per un uso successivo.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eAggiungile al tuo carrello!\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNon perdere questo strumento pratico per le tue creazioni al cioccolato. Clicca per aggiungere queste bottiglie al carrello e continua a esplorare il nostro sito per altri accessori da pasticceria.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"WILTON","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39443219972138,"sku":"02-0-0016","price":2.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/files\/set2-bouteilles-pour-melts-wilton-1.jpg?v=1772138343"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0108\/6167\/4596\/collections\/layer-cake-patissland.png?v=1742154359","url":"https:\/\/patistopsland.com\/it\/collections\/layer-cake.oembed?page=5","provider":"Patissland","version":"1.0","type":"link"}